EN

Operation & Maintenance Manual

S850 Skid-Steer Loader

S/N ACSL11001 & Above

EQUIPPED WITH
BOBCAT INTERLOCK
CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)

6987478-EN (05-12) Revised (08-12) (8) Printed in Belgium © Bobcat Company 2012
Original Instructions
 OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
CORRECT
Operator must have instructions
WARNING before operating the machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, P-90216

means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety
Never use the loader without
is involved!” Carefully read the message instructions. See machine signs
that follows. (decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual, and Operator’s Handbook.

CORRECT CORRECT WRONG

NA1254 NA1673 NA1696

Always use the seat bar and fasten Never use loader without operator Never use loader as man lift or
seat belt snugly. cab with ROPS and FOPS approval. elevating device for personnel.
Always keep feet on the foot pedals or Fasten your seat belt.
footrests when operating loader.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1671 NA1698 NA1675

Do not use loader in atmosphere Never carry riders. Always carry bucket or
with explosive dust, explosive gas, attachments as low as possible.
or where exhaust can contact Keep bystanders away from work Do not travel or turn with lift arms
flammable material. area. up.
Load, unload, and turn on flat level
ground.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1676A NA1672 NA1677

Never exceed Rated Operating Never leave loader with engine Never modify equipment.
Capacity. running or with lift arms up.
To park, engage parking brake and Use only attachments approved by
put attachment flat on the ground. Bobcat Company for this model
loader.
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Loader must be equipped with safety items necessary for each job. Ask your dealer for information on the safe
use of attachments and accessories.
1. SEAT BELT: Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. SEAT BAR: When up, it must lock the loader controls.
3. OPERATOR CAB (ROPS and FOPS): It must be on the loader with all fasteners tight.
4. OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
5. SAFETY SIGNS (DECALS): Replace if damaged.
6. SAFETY TREADS: Replace if damaged.
7. GRAB HANDLES: Replace if damaged.
8. LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE: Replace if damaged.
9. PARKING BRAKE
10. BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS) OSW68-0609

1
2
 CONTENTS

FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

ALPHABETICAL INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

REFERENCE INFORMATION

Write the correct information for YOUR Bobcat loader in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when
referring to your Bobcat loader.

Loader Serial Number

Engine Serial Number

NOTES:

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

ADDRESS:

PHONE:

Bobcat Company Doosan Benelux SA

P.O. Box 128 Drève Richelle 167
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128 B-1410 Waterloo
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA BELGIUM

3 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

4 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
 FOREWORD

This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation
and maintenance of the Bobcat loader. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT LOADER. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat dealer.
This manual may illustrate options and accessories not installed on your loader.

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Loader Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Standard Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Options And Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Buckets Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
High-Flow Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Special Applications Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Forestry Door And Window Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

5 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

6 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

Contents of EC Declaration of Conformity

This information is provided in the operators manual to comply with
clause 1.7.4.2(c) of Annex I of Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.

The official EC Declaration of Conformity is supplied in a separate document.

Manufacturer Directive 2000/14/EC: Noise Emission in the

Environment by Equipment For Use Outdoors

Notified Body
Bobcat Company Technical and Test Institute for Construction
World Headquarters Prague, Czech Republic
250 East Beaton Drive Notified Body Number: 1020
West Fargo, ND 58078-6000
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
EC Certificate No.
Technical Documentation 1020-090-022395
Doosan Benelux SA
Drève Richelle 167
B-1410 Waterloo
BELGIUM Conformity Assessment Procedure(s)
2000/14/EC, Annex VIII, Full Quality Assurance

Sound Power Levels [Lw(A)]

Measured Sound Power 101 dBA
Guaranteed Sound Power 102 dBA

Description of Equipment Equipment conforms to CE Directive(s) Listed Below

Type of Equipment: Wheeled Loader 2006/42/EC: Machinery Directive
Model Name: S850 2004/108/EC: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
Model Code: ACSL
Lot Series: 11001

Engine Manufacturer: Kubota

Engine Model: V3800-DI-T-EU3
Engine Power: 67,6 kW @ 2400 RPM

Declaration of Conformance
This equipment conforms to the requirements specified in all the EC Directives listed in this declaration.

Effective From:

28 September 2010

7 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

8 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED

ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture and distribute Bobcat products.

British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the Company’s compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner and Bismarck, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchateau
(France), Dobris (Czech Republic) and the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck & West Fargo) in North Dakota.
Only certified assessors, like BSI, can grant registrations.

ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS

ENGINE OIL FILTER (6 Pack) BATTERY

6678233 6665427

FUEL FILTER HYDRAULIC FILTER

6667352 7012314

AIR FILTER, Outer HYDRAULIC CHARGE FILTER

7010030 6692337

AIR FILTER, Inner HYDRAULIC FILL / BREATHER CAP

7010031 6727475

NOTE: Always verify Part Numbers with your Bobcat dealer.

9 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

 All Bobcat Equipment Only for TLS, Wheeled EXC and AL

ENGINE / LOADER TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC/ ANTIFREEZE AXLE / TRANSMISSION BRAKE FLUID

HYDROSTATIC COOLANT
LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS

LHM

Premixed

Bobcat
Bobcat

Bobcat

Bobcat
Bobcat
Bobcat
Bobcat
Bobcat
Bobcat
Bobcat
ISO 100

4 Seasons

Concentrated
Concentrated

SAE 0W/30
PG Coolant
PG Coolant
EG Coolant
EG Coolant

SAE 15W/40
SAE 20W/50
Superior SH

SAE 10W/30
SAE 85W/90
Bobcat Axle /

Bobcat Axle /

Bio Hydraulic

Engine Power
Engine Power

Engine Power
Engine Power
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic
Hydraulic/Hydrostatic
(Roto TLS only)

Packaging Lineart
Transmission Oil

Transmission Oil
Bobcat Brake Fluid
Bobcat Brake Fluid

5L
6987500A 6904840A 6904841A 6987501A 6904842A 6904843A 6987646A 6904844A 6987596A 6987597A 6987602A 6904845A 6904846A 6987667A
Can

10
25 L
6987500B 6904840B 6904841B 6987501B 6904842B 6904843B 6987646B 6904844B 6987596B 6987597B 6987602B 6904845B 6987667B
Container

209 L
6987500C 6904840C 6904841C 6987501C 6904842C 6904843C 6987646C 6904844C 6987596C 6987597C 6987602C 6904845C 6987667C
Drum

1000 L
6987500D 6904840D 6904841D 6987501D 6904842D 6904843D 6987646D 6904844D 6987596D 6987597D 6987602D 6904845D 6987667D
Tank

Bobcat Multi-Purpose Grease 6903122

400 gr
Bobcat Supreme HD Grease 6687884
Grease

Bobcat Extreme HP Grease 6687885

4700300-EN (01-10)

S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS Engine Serial Number

Always use the serial number of the loader when Figure 3

requesting service information or when ordering parts.
Early or later models (identification made by serial
number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary
to use a different procedure in doing a specific service
operation.

Loader Serial Number

Figure 1

P-90641A
1

The engine serial number (Item 1) [Figure 3] is located

on the side of the engine above the oil filter.

DELIVERY REPORT

Figure 4
P-90642A

The loader serial number plate (Item 1) [Figure 1] is

located on the outside of the loader frame.

Figure 2

Module 2 - Production
Sequence (Series)

Module 1 - Model / Engine

Combination P-90175
B-16315

Explanation of loader Serial Number [Figure 2]:

The delivery report [Figure 4] must be completed by the
1. The four digit Model / Engine Combination Module dealer and signed by the owner or operator when the
number identifies the model number and engine Bobcat loader is delivered. An explanation of the form
combination. must be given to the owner.

2. The five digit Production Sequence Number identifies

the order which the loader is produced.

11 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LOADER IDENTIFICATION

FRONT OPERATION &

LIGHTS MAINTENANCE
MANUAL AND
OPERATOR’S
GRAB HANDBOOK
HANDLES
OPERATOR SEAT
with SEAT BELT
AND SEAT BAR

TILT
CYLINDERS

FRONT AUXILIARY
QUICK COUPLERS

[1] BUCKET
STEP
BUCKET
STEPS

LIFT [2] OPERATOR CAB

CYLINDER (ROPS AND FOPS)
LIFT ARM
SUPPORT DEVICE

REAR
GRILLE

LIFT ARM

[4] BACK-UP
ALARM

REAR
LIGHT
REAR
NA1820
DOOR TAIL LIGHT NA5289
[3] TYRES

[1] BUCKETS - Several different buckets and other attachments are available for the Bobcat loader.
[2] ROPS - Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and FOPS - Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO
3449, Level I. Level II is available.
[3] TYRES - Standard tyres are shown. Several different tyre styles and sizes are available for the Bobcat loader.
[4] Optional or Field Accessory. (Not Standard Equipment.)

12 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Options And Accessories (Cont’d)

Standard Items • Engine Compartment Seal Kit

• Engine Heater
Model S850 Bobcat loaders are equipped with the • Exhaust Purifying Muffler
following standard items: • Extended Pedals
• Fire Extinguisher
• Adjustable Suspension Seat • Foot Area Duct Kit
• Automatically Activated Air Intake Heater • FOPS Kit (Level II)
• Auxiliary Hydraulics • FOPS Window Kit
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) • Forestry Door and Window Kit
• Bob-Tach™ • Forestry Door Wiper
• Cab (includes: rear and side windows and • Four-Way Flashers (Also adds Turn Signal function)
polycarbonate top window) ROPS and FOPS (Level I) • Front and Rear Light Guards
Approved • Fuel Sediment Bowl Kit
• Cab Accessory Harness • High-Flow Auxiliary Hydraulics
• CE Certification • Hose Guide
• Deluxe Interior with Storage Compartments • Keyless Start
• Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown • Lift Kit (Four-Point, Single-Point)
• Front Horn • Lights Extension Kit for Wide Attachments
• Hydraulic Bucket Positioning (Includes On / Off • Locking Fuel Cap
Selection) • Maintenance Platform
• Hydraulic Muffler • Muffler Guard
• Instrumentation: Hourmeter, RPM, System Voltage; • Power Bob-Tach
Engine Temperature and Fuel Gauges; Warning • Radio
Lights • Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics
• Lift Arm Support Device • Rear Bumper Kit
• Lights, Front and Rear • Rear Window Wiper
• Parking Brake • Ride Control
• Seat Bar • Road Kit
• Seat Belt with 3-Point Restraint • Rotating Beacon
• Sound Reduction Kit (Reduces noise at operator ear) • Seat Belt - 3 in. Wide
• Spark Arrester Muffler • Special Applications Kit
• Tailgate Lock • Strobe Light
• Turbo-Charger • Tilt Cylinder Guard Kit
• Two-Speed Travel • Tyres:
• Tyres (Bobcat Heavy Duty, 14 - 17.5, 14 PR) Bobcat Heavy Duty Poly Fill, 14 - 17.5, 14 PR
Bobcat Severe Duty, 14 - 17.5, 14 PR
Options And Accessories Bobcat Severe Duty Poly Fill, 14 - 17.5, 14 PR
Bobcat Solidflex, 14 - 17.5
Below is a list of some equipment available from your • Windows:
Bobcat loader dealer as Dealer and / or Factory Installed Polycarbonate Rear Window
Accessories and Factory Installed Options. See your Polycarbonate Side Windows
Bobcat dealer for other available options and
accessories. Specifications subject to change without notice and
standard items may vary.
• Adjustable Air Ride Suspension Seat
• Air Conditioning
• Attachment Control Device (ACD)
• Auxiliary Hydraulic Coupler Guard
• Back-up Alarm
• Bucket Shields
• Cab Door with Emergency Exit
• Cab Heater
• Cab Reseal Plug Kit
• Controls:
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
(Selectable ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Pattern Control)
Standard Controls with Power Assist (SCPA)
• Counterweight Kit
• Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

13 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Buckets Available
(CONT’D)

These and other attachments are approved for use on

this model loader. Do not use unapproved attachments.
Attachments not manufactured by Bobcat may not be
approved.

The versatile Bobcat loader quickly turns into a multi-job

machine with a tight-fit attachment hook-up … from
bucket to grapple to pallet fork to backhoe and a variety BUCKET
of other attachments.

See your Bobcat dealer for information about approved Many bucket styles, widths and different capacities are
attachments and attachment Operation & Maintenance available for a variety of different applications. They
Manuals. include Construction and Industrial, Low Profile, Fertilizer
and Snow, to name a few. See your Bobcat dealer for the
Increase the versatility of your Bobcat loader with a correct bucket for your Bobcat loader and application.
variety of bucket styles and sizes.
—————————————————————————————————————————————————————
Attachments
• Angle Broom • X-Change™ Frame
• Auger
• Blades High-Flow Attachments
Dozer Blade
Snow Blade The following attachments are approved for use on
Snow V-Blade High-Flow machines. See your Bobcat dealer for an
• Breaker, Hydraulic updated list of approved attachments.
• Brush Saw
• Buckets • Auger
• Bucket Adapter • Concrete Pump
• Combination Bucket • Flail Cutter
• Concrete Pump • Forestry Cutter
• Dumping Hopper • Rotary Grinder
• Flail Cutter • Snowblower
• Forestry Cutter • Soil Conditioner
• Grader • Stump Grinder
• Grapple, Industrial • Wheel Saw
• Grapple, Root • Wood Chipper
• Mixing Bucket
• Mower
• Packer Wheel
• Pallet Fork
• Planer
• Rear Stabilisers
• Rock Bucket
• Snowblower
• Sod Layer
• Soil Conditioner
• Spreader
• Steel Tracks
• Stump Grinder
• Sweeper
• Tree Transplanter
• Trench Compactor
• Trencher
• Utility Frame
• Vibratory Roller
• Water Kit
• Wheel Saw
• Whisker Broom
• Wood Chipper

14 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance
(CONT’D)
• Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.
Special Applications Kit • Pre-rinse with water to remove gritty materials.
• Wash with a mild household detergent and warm
water.
• Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and
WARNING •
dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.
Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.
• Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Some attachment applications can cause flying
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
provide added operator protection in these
applications.
W-2737-0508

Figure 5

NA1026

Available for special applications to restrict material from

entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (0.5 in) thick
polycarbonate front door and polycarbonate rear window
[Figure 5].

Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be

installed for special applications to restrict material from
entering cab openings.

See your Bobcat dealer for availability.

15 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS Forestry Door And Window Kit Inspection And
(CONT’D) Maintenance

Forestry Door And Window Kit • Inspect for cracks or damage. Replace if required.

Figure 6 • Order part number 7171104 if door frame is damaged

and needs to be replaced.

• Order kit part number 7193293 if door polycarbonate

is damaged and needs to be replaced.

• Pre-rinse with water to remove gritty materials.

• Wash with a mild household detergent and warm

water.

• Use a sponge or soft cloth. Rinse well with water and

dry with a clean soft cloth or rubber squeegee.

• Do not use abrasive or highly alkaline cleaners.

NA1819
• Do not clean with metal blades or scrapers.

Must be used as part of the Forestry Applications Kit to Forestry Door Emergency Exit
prevent flying debris and objects from entering the
loader. Kit includes 19,1 mm (0.75 in) thick laminated Figure 7
polycarbonate front door, polycarbonate side windows
and polycarbonate rear window [Figure 6].

Polycarbonate top window (standard item) must be

installed as part of the Forestry Applications Kit to restrict
material from entering cab openings. 1

P-96030

• Inspect both emergency exit levers (Item 1)

[Figure 7], linkages and hardware for loose or
damaged parts.

• Repair or replace if necessary.

16 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

 SAFETY & TRAINING RESOURCES

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Avoid Silica Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Spark Arrester Exhaust System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Welding And Grinding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Fire Extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

No-Text Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

17 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

18 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The dealer and owner / operator review the
recommended uses of the product when delivered. If the
Before Operation owner / operator will be using the machine for a different
application(s) he or she must ask the dealer for
Carefully follow the operating and maintenance recommendations on the new use.
instructions in this manual.

The Bobcat loader is highly maneuverable and compact.

It is rugged and useful under a wide variety of conditions.
This presents an operator with hazards associated with
off motorway, rough terrain applications, common with
Bobcat loader usage.

The Bobcat loader has an internal combustion engine

with resultant heat and exhaust. All exhaust gases can
kill or cause illness so use the Loader with adequate
ventilation.

The dealer explains the capabilities and restrictions of

the Bobcat loader and attachment for each application.
The dealer demonstrates the safe operation according to
Bobcat instructional materials, which are also available to
operators. The dealer can also identify unsafe
modifications or use of unapproved attachments. The
attachments and buckets are designed for a Rated
Operating Capacity (some have restricted lift heights).
They are designed for secure fastening to the Bobcat
loader. The user must check with the dealer, or Bobcat
literature, to determine safe loads of materials of
specified densities for the machine - attachment
combination.

The following publications and training materials provide

information on the safe use and maintenance of the
Bobcat machine and attachments:

• The Delivery Report is used to assure that complete

instructions have been given to the new owner and
that the machine and attachment is in safe operating
condition.

• The Operation & Maintenance Manual delivered with

the machine or attachment gives operating
information as well as routine maintenance and
service procedures. It is a part of the machine and can
be stored in a container provided on the machine.
Replacement Operation & Maintenance Manuals can
be ordered from your Bobcat dealer.

• Machine signs (decals) instruct on the safe operation

and care of your Bobcat machine or attachment. The
signs and their locations are shown in the Operation
& Maintenance Manual. Replacement signs are
available from your Bobcat dealer.

• An Operator’s Handbook is fastened to the operator

cab of the loader. Its brief instructions are convenient
to the operator. See your Bobcat dealer for more
information on translated versions.

SI SSL EMEA-1009

19 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator

Safe Operation Is The Operator’s Responsibility For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use
drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or co-
ordination while working. An operator who is taking
Safety Alert Symbol prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely operate a machine.
This symbol with a warning statement means: A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:
“Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!”
Carefully read the message that follows. Understand the Written Instructions, Rules and
Regulations
• The written instructions from Bobcat Company
include the Delivery Report, Operation &
Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING machine signs (decals).
• Check the rules and regulations at your location. The
rules may include an employer’s work safety
Operator must have instructions before operating the
requirements. For driving on public roads, the
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or machine must be equipped as stipulated by the local
death. regulations authorising operation on public roads in
W-2001-0502 your specific country. Regulations may identify a
hazard such as a utility line.
Have Training with Actual Operation
• Operator training must consist of a demonstration and
IMPORTANT verbal instruction. This training is given by your
Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.
This notice identifies procedures which must be • The new operator must start in an area without
followed to avoid damage to the machine. bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can
I-2019-0284 operate the machine and attachment safely under all
conditions of the work area. Always fasten seat belt
before operating.
Know the Work Conditions
• Know the weight of the materials being handled.
DANGER Avoid exceeding the Rated Operating Capacity
(ROC) of the machine. Material which is very dense
will be heavier than the same volume of less dense
The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the material. Reduce the size of the load if handling
manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not dense material.
avoided, will result in death or serious injury. • The operator must know any prohibited uses or work
D-1002-1107 areas, for example, he or she needs to know about
excessive slopes.
• Know the location of any underground lines.
• Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses
WARNING when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
respiratory equipment, hearing protection or Special
Applications Kits are required for some work. See
The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the your Bobcat dealer about Bobcat Safety Equipment
manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation for your model.
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
W-2044-1107

The Bobcat loader and attachment must be in good

operating condition before use.
Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule
Decal under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the
Operation & Maintenance Manual.

SI SSL EMEA-1009

20 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (CONT’D) FIRE PREVENTION

Avoid Silica Dust

Maintenance

The machine and some attachments have components

that are at high temperatures under normal operating
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust. arcs or sparks.
Use a respirator, water spray or other means to control
dust. Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed
regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
accumulation. Flammable debris in the engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard.

The operator’s area, engine compartment and engine

cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.

All fuels, most lubricants and some coolants mixtures are

flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can
cause a fire.

Operation

Do not use the machine where exhaust, arcs, sparks or

hot components can contact flammable material,
explosive dust or gases.

Electrical

Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.

Keep the battery terminals clean and tight. Repair or
replace any damaged part or wires that are loose or
frayed.

Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use

the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging area.

SI SSL EMEA-1009

21 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FIRE PREVENTION (CONT’D) Welding And Grinding

Hydraulic System Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect

the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and leakage. Never use open flame or bare skin to check and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly near the machine when welding.
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage. Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted
parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use petrol or diesel fuel Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
for cleaning parts. Use commercial non-flammable
solvents. Dust generated from repairing non-metallic parts such as
hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Fueling Repair such components in a well ventilated area away
from open flames or sparks.

Fire Extinguishers

Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No

smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

Starting

Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has

glow plugs or air intake heater. These starting aids can Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are
cause explosion and injure you or bystanders. located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Obey the recommendations on the instructions plate.
Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.

Spark Arrester Exhaust System

The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control

the emission of hot particles from the engine and exhaust
system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
hot.

Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to

make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).

Sl SSL EMEA-1009

22 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES

The following publications are also available for your

Bobcat loader. You can order them from your Bobcat
dealer.

For the latest information on Bobcat products and the

Bobcat Company, visit our web site at
www.training.bobcat.com or www.bobcat.com.

OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL

6987478

Complete instructions on the correct operation and the

routine maintenance of the Bobcat loader.

S850 SERVICE
MANUAL

6987479

Complete maintenance instructions for your Bobcat

loader.

OPERATOR’S
HANDBOOK

6989724

Gives basic operation instructions and safety warnings.

23 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS)

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.

7168038
1
7168143
4 7177742
6989724

Door
7168025
SCPA SJC SJC Door Gas
7168145 SCPA 3
7174698 7174697 7168081 7168082 5 Spring
7169291
SCPA SJC
7190111 7177707
7184346
2
6 Door Gas
7167945 Back-up Alarm Spring
(Inside Fuse Access 7167991
7180087 7170360
Panel) (Left Foot Area)
7200413
Inside Cab

Single-Point Lift
7168037 6533898 (2)
7

11
7173403
(Behind Bob-Tach) Single-Point Lift Single-Point Lift
7189824 (2) 7142142 (2)

8
7168034
12
Four-Point Lift Four-Point Lift
7168040 7168020
9 Lift Kit Options

7168031 6733220
7168040

10
7168033

NA1820

24 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

Follow the instructions on all the Machine Signs (Decals) that are on the loader. Replace any damaged machine signs and
be sure they are in the correct locations. Machine signs are available from your Bobcat loader dealer.

7169291
13
7169699 14
7120570
6713507 (2)
15

On Gas Spring 7169877

7120573

Under Rear Grille

7167988 (2)

7170355 (4)
16 (On Hose and
Tubeline)
Under Cab

7173294

7177072
6727595 (6) 18

7205727
17
Inside Rear Door

NA5289

25 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

26 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) NOTE: See the numbered MACHINE SIGNS
(DECALS) on Page 24 and MACHINE SIGNS
No-Text Safety Signs (DECALS) (CONT’D) on Page 25 for the
machine location of each correspondingly
Safety signs are used to alert the equipment operator or numbered no-text decal.
maintenance person to hazards that may be encountered
in the use and maintenance of the equipment. The 1. General Hazard Warning (7168038)
location and description of the safety signs are detailed in
this section. Please become familiarized with all safety This safety sign is located in the operator cab in the lower
signs installed on the machine / attachment. right hand corner.

Vertical Configuration

HAZARD
PANEL

AVOIDANCE
PANEL

Horizontal Configuration
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never use the loader without instructions. Read
Operation & Maintenance Manual and Handbook.

Never modify equipment or use attachments not

approved by Bobcat Company.

On slopes, keep heavy end of loader uphill.

Do not travel or turn with lift arms up. Load, unload

and turn on flat level ground. Do not exceed Rated
Operating Capacity (see sign on loader).
W-2837-0310
HAZARD AVOIDANCE
PANEL PANEL

The format consists of the hazard panel(s) and the

avoidance panel(s):

Hazard panels depict a potential hazard enclosed in a

safety alert triangle.

Avoidance panels depict actions required to avoid the

hazards.

A safety sign may contain more than one hazard panel

and more than one avoidance panel.

27 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 3. SJC Left Hand Joystick (7168082)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d) This safety sign is located in the operator cab on the left
armrest.
2. High Range Speeds (7184346)

This safety sign is located in the operator cab on loaders

equipped with a seat belt with three-point restraint.

WARNING
HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when
operating at high range speeds.
W-2754-0908

WARNING
ACCIDENTAL LOADER MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for more information.
• Drive, lift arm and tilt functions operate on
different joysticks in each control mode.
• Know and understand the selected control mode
before operating.
W-2788-0309

28 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d) 5. SJC Control Pattern Switch (7177707)

4. To Leave the Loader (7168143) This safety sign is located in the operator cab around the
SJC control pattern switch on the right panel.
This safety sign is located in the operator cab in the lower
right hand corner.

WARNING
ACCIDENTAL LOADER MOVEMENT CAN CAUSE

WARNING SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH

Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance
Manual for more information.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH • Drive, lift arm and tilt functions operate on
different joysticks in each control mode.
TO LEAVE THE LOADER: • Know and understand the selected control mode
1. Lower the lift arms and put attachment flat on the before operating.
ground. W-2788-0309
2. Stop the engine.
3. Engage the brake.
4. Raise seat bar.
5. Exit the loader.
W-2839-0310

29 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d) 7. Tipping, Rollover or Loss of Visibility (7168037)

6. Back-Up Alarm (7180087) This safety sign is located on the back side of the lift arms
facing the operator.
This safety sign is located in the operator cab on the lower
left side.

WARNING
TIPPING, ROLLOVER OR LOSS OF VISIBILITY CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Carry load low.
W-2836-0310

8. Frame Raising (7168034)

WARNING This safety sign is located on the front of the loader.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path.
• The operator must always look in the direction of
travel.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0409

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
Attachment can be forced against the ground and
cause front frame to raise.

Never go under or reach under lift arms or lift

cylinder without an approved lift arm support device
installed.
D-1021-0310

30 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d) 10. Lift Arm Crushing (7168033)

9. Falling Hazard (7168040) This safety sign is located on the front of the loader.

This safety sign is located on the front of the loader.

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised unless
supported by an approved lift arm support device.

Moving lift arm control or failure of a part can cause

lift arms to drop.
D-1020-0310

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Never carry riders.
• Never use loader as a man lift or work platform.
W-2835-0310

31 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 12. Four-Point Lift (7168020)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d) This safety sign is located on the front of the loader.

11. Single-Point Lift (7142142)

This safety sign is located on the side arm of the single-

point lift.

WARNING
WARNING FAILURE OF THE LIFT ASSEMBLY CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
FAILURE OF THE LIFT ASSEMBLY CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
BEFORE LIFTING LOADER:
1. Check the hardware and fasteners at all lift points
BEFORE LIFTING LOADER:
for proper torque.
1. Check the hardware and fasteners of the Single
2. Inspect lift points for damage or cracked welds.
Point Lift and Operator Cab (ROPS) for proper
Repair or replace components as necessary.
torque.
2. Inspect Single Point Lift for damage or cracked
• No riders on loader and keep 5 m (15 ft) away
welds. Repair or replace components as
while lifting.
necessary.
• See Operation & Maintenance Manual for more
information.
• No riders on loader during lifting. Keep 5 m (15 ft) W-2840-0910
away while lifting.
• See Operation & Maintenance Manual for more
information.
W-2841-0910

32 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D) 15. Crush Hazard (6713507)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d) This safety sign is located on the side of each lift arm.

13. Hot Pressurised Fluid (7169699)

This safety sign is located on the engine coolant tank cap.

WARNING
Keep away from the operating machine to avoid
serious injury or death.
W-2520-0106

16. Lift Arm Crushing (7170355)

WARNING This safety sign is located on certain hoses or tubelines

inside the loader frame underneath the operator cab.
HOT PRESSURISED FLUID CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS BURNS
• Never open hot.
• OPEN SLOWLY.
W-2755-EN-0909

14. High Pressure Gas (7169291)

This safety sign is located on the gas spring component(s)

supporting the cab and also on the front door option.

DANGER
AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting hydraulic lines can cause the lift
arms or attachment to drop.
• Always use an approved lift arm support when lift
arms are in a raised position.
D-1008-0409

WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE GAS CAN RELEASE ROD AND
CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Do not open cylinder.
• See Service Manual for more information.
W-2756-0908

33 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d)

17. Service Checklist And Schedule (7205727)

This safety sign is located inside the rear door (tailgate).

WARNING IMPORTANT
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH This machine is factory equipped with a spark
• Keep door / cover closed except for service. arrester exhaust system that must be maintained for
• Keep engine clean of flammable material. proper function.
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and • WITH MUFFLER
exhaust. If factory equipped with a muffler, the muffler is a
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive spark arrester. The spark chamber must be
dusts or gases or with flammable material near emptied every 100 hours of operation to keep it in
exhaust. working condition.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine
with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only • WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
starting aids as approved by engine If factory equipped with a DPF, the DPF acts as a
manufacturer. spark arrester and engine exhaust emissions
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and device. The DPF must be maintained according
cause serious injury. to the instructions in the Operation &
• Battery acid causes severe burns; wear goggles. Maintenance Manual for proper function as an
If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with emissions and spark arrester device.
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get
medical attention. (If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
• Battery makes flammable and explosive gas. brush or grass cover land, a spark arrester attached
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco to the exhaust system may be required and must be
away. maintained in working order. Refer to local laws and
• For jump start, connect negative cable to the regulations for spark arrester requirements.)
machine engine last (never at the battery). After I-2350-EN-0512
jump start, remove negative connection at the
engine first.
• Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate.
W-2782-0409

34 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) (CONT’D)

No-Text Safety Signs (Cont’d)

18. Lift Arm Support Device (7177072)

This safety sign is located on the outside of the operator cab on the lower right side.

To Install Approved Lift Arm Support:

1. Remove attachment from loader.

2. Stay in seat while second person removes lift arm support from storage position.

3. Remove clamping knobs and lift arm support.

4. Raise lift arms while second person positions lift arm support against cylinder rod.

5. Lower lift arms slowly until lift arm support is held securely between lift arm and cylinder.

6. Stop the engine, engage the parking brake and raise the seat bar.

To Remove Lift Arm Support:

1. Fasten seat belt and lower seat bar before starting the engine.

2. Stay in seat while second person removes lift arm support from cylinder rod.

3. Raise lift arms while second person removes lift arm support from cylinder rod.

4. Stay in seat until the lift arms are lowered all the way.

5. Return lift arm support to storage position and secure with clamping knobs.

6. Stop the engine, engage the parking brake and raise the seat bar.

NOTE: More illustrated and detailed information regarding Installing and Removing the lift arm support device is
located in this manual. (See LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 136.)

35 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

36 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Left Panel (Earlier Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Left Panel (Later Models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Display Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Left Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Right Switch Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Left Side Lower Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Right Side Lower Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Standard Controls With Power Assist (SCPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Cab Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Door Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Front Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Side Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
External Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

37 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Available Control Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Operation (SCPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Using The Steering Handles Or Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Changing The Factory Default Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Standard Controls With Power Assist (SCPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Hydraulic Bucket Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (REVERSE CONTINUOUS FLOW) . . . . . . . . . . .85
REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
High-Flow Hydraulics Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Quick Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And Attachment) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

Daily Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90

38 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Entering The Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s Handbook Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Steering Handle / Joystick Position Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Seat Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Seat Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Standard Key Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Keyless Start Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Cold Temperature Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Left Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Warning And Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
When To Consider Using Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
When To Consider Removing Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Accessories That Affect Machine Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Choosing The Correct Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Pallet Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Inspect The Work Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Basic Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Driving On Public Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Operating With A Full Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Operating With An Empty Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SCPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Leveling The Ground Using Float (SCPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Digging And Filling A Hole (SCPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

39 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Single-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Four-Point Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Loading And Unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

40 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

41 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
42 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION Figure 10

Overview

Figure 8

P-90668C

P100045A P-85304B
The left panel [Figure 8] is described in more detail.
(See Left Panel (Earlier Models) on Page 44.) or (See
Left Panel (Later Models) on Page 47.) The left and right switch panels [Figure 10] are
described in more detail. (See Left Switch Panel on Page
Figure 9 53.) and (See Right Switch Panel on Page 53.)

Standard Key Keyless Start Deluxe Instrumentation Figure 11

P-85285F P-90819M P-90212N

P-85282

The right panel [Figure 9] is described in more detail.

(See Right Panel (Standard Key Panel) on Page 49.) or
(See Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel) on Page 50.) or
(See Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) on
Page 51.)

P-85267D

The left and right side lower panels [Figure 11] are
described in more detail. (See Left Side Lower Panel on
Page 54.) and (See Right Side Lower Panel on Page 54.)

43 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel (Earlier Models)

Figure 12

2 3
12

7
1
16
4 13

6 8 9 10 11 15

5 14

17
20
18 19

21 22

23

P-90726B

The left instrument panel [Figure 12] is the same for The table on the facing page shows the DESCRIPTION
Standard Key Panel, Keyless Start Panel and Deluxe and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the
Instrumentation Panel equipped machines. components of the left panel.

44 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel (Earlier Models) (Cont’d)

REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
1 ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2 LEFT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates left turn signals are ON.
3 GENERAL WARNING Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4 TWO-SPEED High range selected.
5 ENGINE MALFUNCTION Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature high or sensor error.
7 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8 SEAT BELT Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9 SEAT BAR The light comes on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT AND TILT VALVE The light comes on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11 PARKING BRAKE The light comes on when the loader cannot be driven.
12 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates right turn signals are ON.
13 SHOULDER BELT Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range.
Remains lit while in high range.
14 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
15 FUEL Fuel level low or sensor error.
16 FUEL GAUGE Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
17 LIGHTS - Without Road Option Press once for REAR taillights. (Right green LED will light.) Press a
second time to turn FRONT and REAR work lights ON. REAR taillights
will turn OFF. (Left green LED will light.) Press a third time to turn all
lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.)
- With Road Option Press once for FRONT boom light, license plate light and REAR
taillights. (Right green LED will light.) Press a second time to turn
FRONT and REAR work lights ON. FRONT boom light, license plate
light and REAR taillights will turn OFF. (Left green LED will light.) Press
a third time to turn all lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.)
- All Loaders Press and hold five seconds to show software version in display
screen.
18 HIGH-FLOW (Option) Press once to engage the HIGH-FLOW auxiliary hydraulics. (Left green
LED will light.) Press a second time to disengage.
19 AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS Press once to activate the auxiliary hydraulic system. (Left green LED
will light.) Press a second time to deactivate the system.

* See SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS for Service Code description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 187.)

45 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel (Earlier Models) (Cont’d)

REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
20 INFORMATION Cycles through (after each button press):
• Hourmeter (On startup)
• Engine rpm
• Battery voltage
• Maintenance clock
• Service codes*
21 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running.
Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering
handles or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when
using the backhoe attachment. (See TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE in
this manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
22 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Press to activate the BICS™ when the seat bar is down and operator is
seated in operating position. Button will light.
Press and hold three seconds to access Drive Response and
Steering Drift Compensation adjustment menus. (See DRIVE
RESPONSE and STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.)
23 PARKING BRAKE (Standard on all Press the top to engage the Parking Brake. Press the bottom to
loaders) disengage. (See PARKING BRAKE in this manual.)

* See SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS for Service Code description. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 187.)

46 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel (Later Models)

Figure 13

2 3 12
13

1 7
4 14 17

6 8 9 10 11 16
5 15

18 21
19 20

22 23

24

P-90726G

The left panel [Figure 13] is the same for all machines regardless of options and accessories.

REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION

1 ENGINE TEMPERATURE GAUGE Shows the engine coolant temperature.
2 LEFT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates left turn signals are ON.
3 GENERAL WARNING Malfunction with one or more machine functions. (See Service Codes*)
4 TWO-SPEED High range selected.
5 ENGINE MALFUNCTION Engine malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature high or sensor error.
7 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays information. (See Display Screen in this manual.)
8 SEAT BELT Instructs operator to fasten seat belt. Remains lit for 45 seconds.
9 SEAT BAR The light is on when the seat bar is UP.
10 LIFT AND TILT VALVE The light is on when the lift and tilt functions cannot be operated.
11 PARKING BRAKE The light is on when the loader cannot be driven.

47 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Left Panel (Later Models) (Cont’d)

REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION

12 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL (Option) Indicates right turn signals are ON.
13 DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER Not used.
(DPF) / DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID
(DEF)
14 SHOULDER BELT Instructs operator to fasten shoulder belt when operating in high range.
Remains lit while in high range.
15 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM Hydraulic system malfunction or failure. (See Service Codes*)
MALFUNCTION
16 FUEL Fuel level low or sensor error.
17 FUEL GAUGE Shows the amount of fuel in the tank.
18 LIGHTS - Without Road Option Press once for REAR taillights. (Right green LED will light.) Press a
second time to turn FRONT and REAR work lights ON. REAR taillights
will turn OFF. (Left green LED will light.) Press a third time to turn all
lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.)
- With Road Option Press once for FRONT boom light, license plate light and REAR
taillights. (Right green LED will light.) Press a second time to turn
FRONT and REAR work lights ON. FRONT boom light, license plate
light and REAR taillights will turn OFF. (Left green LED will light.) Press
a third time to turn all lights off. (Left and right green LEDs will be off.)
- All Loaders Press and hold five seconds to show software version in display
screen.
19 AUTO IDLE Not used.
Move cursor to the left inside the DISPLAY SCREEN when using
certain INFORMATION button menus.
20 AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS without Press once to activate the auxiliary hydraulic system. (Left green LED
high-flow option lights.) Press a second time to deactivate the system.
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS with Press once to activate the auxiliary hydraulic system. (Left green LED
high-flow option lights.) Press a second time to engage the HIGH-FLOW auxiliary
hydraulics. (Left and right green LEDs light.) Press a third time to
deactivate auxiliary hydraulics. (Left and right green LEDs off.)
Move cursor to the right inside the DISPLAY SCREEN when using
certain INFORMATION button menus.
21 INFORMATION Cycles through (after each button press):
• Hourmeter (On startup)
• Engine rpm
• Battery voltage
• Drive response menu
• Steering drift compensation menu
• Maintenance clock
• Service codes*
22 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE Functions only when the seat bar is raised and the engine is running.
Press once to unlock the brakes. Allows you to use the steering levers
or joystick(s) to move the loader forward or backward when using the
backhoe attachment. (See TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE in this
manual.) Press a second time to lock the brakes.
23 PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER Press to activate the BICS™ when the seat bar is down and operator is
seated in operating position. Button will light.
24 PARKING BRAKE (Standard on all Press the top to engage the Parking Brake. Press the bottom to
loaders) disengage. (See PARKING BRAKE in this manual.)

* This manual contains a table with Service Code descriptions. (See DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES on Page 187.)

48 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Right Panel (Standard Key Panel)

Display Screen Figure 15

The Display Screen can display the following information:

• Operating hours.
• Engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
• Speed management setting.
• Maintenance clock countdown.
• Battery voltage.
• Service codes.
• Engine preheat countdown.
• Steering drift compensation setting.
• Drive response setting.

Figure 14

1 1

P-85285F

3 4 5 6 7
P-76461A This machine may be equipped with a Standard Key
Panel [Figure 15].
The display screen is shown in [Figure 14]. The data
1. Key Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical
display will show operating hours upon startup.
system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.
1. Data Display
2. Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) Control
2. Hourmeter Pattern Switch (Option): Press the top to select
‘ISO’ Control Pattern; bottom to select ‘H’ Control
3. Speed Management
Pattern.
4. Engine Preheat
5. Engine Revolutions Per Minute
6. Battery / Charging Voltage
7. Service

49 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Figure 17

Right Panel (Keyless Start Panel)

Figure 16

P-90214B

2 3
Earlier models used a push button switch assembly
[Figure 17] instead of a key switch.

P-90819M

This machine may be equipped with a Keyless Start

Panel [Figure 16].

1. Keypad (keys 1 through 0): Used to enter a number

code (password) to allow starting the engine. An
asterisk will show in the left panel display screen for
each key press.

2. LOCK Key: Used to lock keypad. The lock key will

display a red light to indicate a password is required
to start the loader. (See Password Lockout Feature
on Page 197.)

3. UNLOCK Key: Used to unlock keypad. The unlock

key will display a green light to indicate the loader can
be started without a password. (See Password
Lockout Feature on Page 197.)

4. Key Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical

system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.

5. Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) Control

Pattern Switch (Option): Press the top to select
‘ISO’ Control Pattern; bottom to select ‘H’ Control
Pattern.

50 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) 6. Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) Control
Pattern Switch (Option): Press the top to select
Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) ‘ISO’ Control Pattern; bottom to select ‘H’ Control
Pattern.
Figure 18
Figure 19

4
P-90214B

5 Earlier models used a push button switch assembly

[Figure 19] instead of a key switch.

P-90212N

This machine may be equipped with a Deluxe

Instrumentation Panel [Figure 18].

1. Keypad (1 through 0): The keypad has two

functions:

- To enter a number code (password) to allow starting

the engine.

- To enter a number as directed for further use of the

display screen.

2. Display Screen: The Display Screen is where all

system setup, monitoring and error conditions are
displayed.

3. Scroll Buttons: Used to scroll through display screen

choices.

4. ENTER Button: Used to make selections on the

display screen.

5. Key Switch: Used to turn the loaders electrical

system on and off, and to start and stop the engine.

51 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Enter The Password:

Right Panel (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d) Use the numbers on the keypad to enter the password,
then press the [ENTER] button. A symbol will appear on
Figure 20 the display screen for each number entered [Figure 20].
The left scroll button can be used to backspace if an
incorrect number is entered.

If the correct password is not entered, [INVALID

PASSWORD TRY AGAIN] will appear on the display
screen and the password will have to be reentered.

See CONTROL PANEL SETUP for further description of

screens to setup the system for your use. (See
CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 194.)

NA3017

The first screen you will see on your new loader will be as
shown in [Figure 20].

When this screen is on the display you can enter the

password and start the engine or change the default
language.

NOTE: Your new loader (with Deluxe Instrumentation

Panel) will have an Owner Password. Your
dealer will provide you with this password.
Change the password to one that you will
easily remember to prevent unauthorised use
of your loader. (See Changing The Owner
Password on Page 198.) Keep your password
in a safe place for future needs.

Change Language:

Press the left or right scroll button to cycle through the

languages. The language that is stopped on will be the
default language used for the deluxe instrumentation
panel [Figure 20].

The language can be changed at any time. (See

CONTROL PANEL SETUP on Page 194.)

52 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Right Switch Panel

Left Switch Panel Figure 22

Figure 21

P-85320B

P-85319

REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION 1 POWER Press and hold the up arrow to
NO.
BOB-TACH disengage the Bob-Tach
1 FOUR-WAY Press the top to turn lights ON; (Option) wedges. Press and hold the
FLASHER bottom to turn OFF. down arrow to engage the
LIGHTS (Option) Bob-Tach wedges into the
2 ROTATING Press the top to turn light ON; attachment mounting frame
BEACON (Option) bottom to turn OFF. holes.
or 2 TRAVEL LOCK Press the top of the switch to
STROBE LIGHT lock the lift and tilt hydraulic
(Option) functions for travel. Press the
3 HYDRAULIC Press the top to engage bottom of the switch to turn
BUCKET Hydraulic Bucket Positioning; travel lock OFF.
POSITIONING bottom to disengage.

53 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D) Right Side Lower Panel

Left Side Lower Panel Figure 24

Figure 23 1
2

3
1 2 4

4
P-85267D

P-85282

REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION 1 POWER PORT Provides a 12 volt
NO.
receptacle for accessories.
1 FAN MOTOR Turn clockwise to increase
2 RADIO (Option) See Radio in this manual.
(Option) fan speed; anticlockwise to
decrease. There are four 3 HEADPHONE JACK Used to connect
positions; OFF-1-2-3. (Option) headphones to the optional
radio output. Automatically
2 AIR CONDITIONING Press top of switch to start;
silences speakers when
/ DEFROST SWITCH bottom to stop. Switch will
used.
(Option) light when started. Fan
Motor (Item 1) must be ON 4 SPEAKER (Option) Right speaker used with
for A/C to operate. optional radio.
3 TEMPERATURE Turn clockwise to increase
CONTROL (Option) the temperature;
anticlockwise to decrease.
4 SPEAKER (Option) Left speaker used with
optional radio.

54 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Radio

This machine may be equipped with a Radio.

Figure 25

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

9 10

11 12
8
13

14 15

17

16
P-85255

The table on the next page shows the DESCRIPTION and FUNCTION / OPERATION for each of the controls of the radio
[Figure 25].

NOTE: See DISPLAY in the table for clock setting instructions.

55 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Radio (Cont’d)

REF.
DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION
NO.
1 POWER Press to turn ON; press again to turn OFF.
2 MUTE Press to mute audio output; MUTE will appear in display screen; press again to turn OFF.
3 DISPLAY Press to toggle between function mode (showing tuner frequency, auxiliary input, weather
band information or timer) and clock mode.
Press and hold to enter clock setting mode; use FREQUENCY DOWN button to adjust
hours and FREQUENCY UP button to adjust minutes; normal operation will resume
automatically.
4 BAND Press to select tuner mode. Press to cycle through 2 AM (MW) bands and 3 FM bands.
5 AUXILIARY Press to select Auxiliary Input mode. Portable audio device (MP3 player, etc.) must be
attached to auxiliary input jack.
6 WEATHER BAND Press to select weather band; use FREQUENCY UP and FREQUENCY DOWN buttons to
adjust to the clearest station.
The weather alert feature, if activated, will automatically switch from the current function to
the weather band if a weather warning is received. See AUDIO / MENU ADJUSTMENT in
this table.
7 TIMER Press to access timer mode. Press to start the timer function; press again to stop timer;
press again to resume timer or press and hold to reset timer and exit from timer mode.
8 DISPLAY SCREEN Displays the time, frequency and activated functions.
9 VOLUME UP Adjusts volume up; current volume (0 - 40) will appear briefly in display screen.
10 AUDIO / MENU AUDIO ADJUSTMENT: Press to cycle through bass, treble and balance settings; use
ADJUSTMENT VOLUME UP and VOLUME DOWN to adjust when desired option is displayed; normal
operation will resume automatically.

MENU ADJUSTMENT: Press and hold for three seconds to enter menu adjustment
settings; press to cycle through the following settings; use VOLUME UP and VOLUME
DOWN to adjust when desired option is displayed; normal operation will resume
automatically.
• Beep Confirm (On or Off) - Determines if beep will sound with each button press.
• Operation Region (USA or Europe) - Selects the appropriate region.
• Clock Display (12 or 24) - Selects a 12-hour or 24-hour clock display.
• Display Brightness (Low, Medium or High) - Determines brightness level of display
screen.
• Backlight Colour (Amber or Green) - Determines backlight colour of display screen.
• Power On Volume (0 - 40) - Selects default volume setting when radio is turned on.
• WB Alert (On or Off) - Determines if weather band alert feature is activated.
11 FREQUENCY DOWN Press to manually tune the radio frequency down.
12 FREQUENCY UP Press to manually tune the radio frequency up.
13 VOLUME DOWN Adjusts volume down; current volume (0 - 40) will appear briefly in display screen.
14 SEEK FREQUENCY Press to automatically tune frequency down to next strong station.
DOWN
15 SEEK FREQUENCY Press to automatically tune frequency up to next strong station.
UP
16 PRESET STATIONS Used to store and recall stations for each AM and FM band. Press and hold to store
current station; press button to recall station.
17 AUXILIARY INPUT Connect line output of portable audio device (MP3 player, etc.) to 3,5 mm (1/8 in) jack and
JACK press AUXILIARY button.

56 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION

This loader has two control configurations available to

operate lift / tilt functions and driving / steering the loader:

• Standard Controls with Power Assist (SCPA) [Figure

26]

- Uses foot pedals for lift and tilt functions.

- Uses power assisted steering handles for driving

and steering the loader.

• Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) [Figure

27]

- Uses joysticks for lift / tilt functions and driving /

steering the loader.

57 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Standard Controls With Power Assist (SCPA)

Figure 26

1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 16 17
8
9

10 11
18
6 7 19
12
B-19873A / NA1828 / B-19874B

REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION

1 TWO-SPEED CONTROL See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
Also: SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
*2 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
3 REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
CONTROL
*4 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
5 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
6 SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
7 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
8 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
9 STEERING HANDLES See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER in this manual.
10 LIFT ARM PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
11 TILT PEDAL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
12 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
13 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
* 14 NOT USED ---
15 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
* 16 NOT USED ---
17 TURN SIGNALS (Option) Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left
signal.
18 NOT USED ---
19 CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW) in this manual.

* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.

58 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

CONTROL IDENTIFICATION (CONT’D)

Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)

Figure 27

1 2 3 4 5 13 14 15 16 17
8
9

10

11
18
6 7 19
12
B-19873A / NA1165A / B-19874A

REF. NO. DESCRIPTION FUNCTION / OPERATION

1 TWO-SPEED CONTROL See TWO-SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
Also: SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
*2 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
3 REAR AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS (Option) See REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
Also: ATTACHMENT FUNCTION See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
CONTROL
*4 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION See STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION in this manual.
Also: DRIVE RESPONSE See DRIVE RESPONSE in this manual.
5 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
6 SPEED MANAGEMENT See SPEED MANAGEMENT in this manual.
7 FRONT HORN Press the front switch to sound the front horn.
8 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (HAND) See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
9 JOYSTICKS See DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER and HYDRAULIC
CONTROLS in this manual.
10 FOOTRESTS Keep your feet on the footrests at all times.
11 ENGINE SPEED CONTROL (FOOT) See ENGINE SPEED CONTROL in this manual.
12 LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL See LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL in this manual.
13 ATTACHMENT FUNCTION CONTROL See ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE in this manual.
* 14 NOT USED ---
15 FRONT AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation in this manual.
* 16 NOT USED ---
17 TURN SIGNALS (Option) Press the top to activate right signal; bottom to activate left
signal.
18 FLOAT CONTROL See HYDRAULIC CONTROLS in this manual.
19 CONTINUOUS FLOW CONTROL FOR See FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (CONTINUOUS
AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS FLOW) in this manual.
* Also used as Attachment Function Control: See your attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual.

59 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATOR CAB Door Operation

Description This machine may be equipped with a Front Door.

The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and Figure 29

FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be
worn for rollover protection.
1

WARNING
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200 P-90351A

Cab Light Push the knob (Item 1) and pull the handle to open the
front door. A lock is provided in the knob (Inset)
Figure 28 [Figure 29] to lock the front door when the loader is not
in use.

Figure 30

1
2
4 3
2
5
P-85586B P-85586

The Cab Light [Figure 28] is located above the P-90684F

operator’s left shoulder.

Push this side of the switch (Item 1) to turn the light ON. Pull the front door closed using the handle (Item 2)
Place the switch in the middle position (Item 2) to turn the [Figure 30].
light OFF. Push this side of the switch (Item 3) [Figure
28] to turn the light ON and OFF with the door. Pull the lever (Item 1) toward you to unlatch the front
door. Push on the handle (Item 2) [Figure 30] to open
Some models use a cab light with a two-position switch the front door.
(Inset). Push this side of the switch (Inset Item 4) to turn
the light ON. Push this side of the switch (Inset Item 5)
[Figure 28] to turn the light OFF.

60 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Side Windows

Front Wiper Figure 33

This machine may be equipped with a Front Wiper.

Figure 31
1

P-85314A

1
Pull the knob (Item 1) [Figure 33] and slide backward to
P-90601A
open window. Release knob at cutout to lock in desired
position. Pull the knob and slide forward to close window.

Press the left side of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 31] to

start the front wiper (press and hold for washer fluid).
Press the right side of the switch to stop the wiper.

Figure 32

P-90350

The washer fluid tank is located on the left side of the

operator cab. Check the fluid level in the sight gauge
(Item 1). Remove the cap (Item 2) [Figure 32] to add
washer fluid.

61 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Operation
WARNING
Figure 34
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
1 position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions

when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
P-90674A
W-2463-1110

The Seat Bar Restraint system has a pivoting seat bar

with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 34].

The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the
seat.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the

PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is raised, the lift, tilt and traction drive
functions are deactivated and both foot pedals (if
equipped) will be locked when returned to neutral
position.

62 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) Figure 36

Operation

WARNING 1 2 3

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must
deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it
does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT NA3172
modify the system.
W-2151-1111
There are three display lights (Items 1, 2 and 3)
[Figure 36] located on the left instrument panel that must
Figure 35 be OFF to fully operate the machine.

When the seat bar is lowered, the engine is running, the

PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the parking brake is released, the lift, tilt, auxiliary
hydraulics, and traction drive functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is raised; the lift, tilt, auxiliary

hydraulics, and traction drive functions are deactivated.
1

WARNING
P-90674A
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) has a • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
pivoting seat bar with armrests (Item 1) [Figure 35]. The the ground.
operator controls the use of the seat bar. • Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
The BICS™ requires the operator to be seated in the • Raise the seat bar.
operating position with the seat bar fully lowered before • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
the lift, tilt, auxiliary hydraulics, and traction drive position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
functions can be operated. The seat belt must be drive functions are deactivated.
fastened anytime you operate the machine.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
WARNING W-2463-1110

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

63 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL PARKING BRAKE

Operation Operation

Figure 37 Figure 38

1
2
P-85290B P-85290A P-90681A

The Lift Arm Bypass Control (Item 1) [Figure 37], located Press the top of the switch (Item 1) [Figure 38] to
to the right of the operator’s seat, is used to lower the lift engage the parking brake. The red light in the switch will
arms if the lift arms cannot be lowered during normal turn on. The traction drive system will be locked.
operations.
Press the bottom of the switch (Item 2) [Figure 38] to
1. Sit in the operator's seat. disengage the parking brake. The red light in the switch
will turn off. The traction drive system will be unlocked.
2. Fasten the seat belt and lower the seat bar.
NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left
3. Turn the knob (Item 1) [Figure 37] 90° clockwise. instrument panel will remain ON until the
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE
4. Pull up and hold the knob until the lift arms lower. LOADER button is pressed and the parking
brake is disengaged.

64 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE ENGINE SPEED CONTROL

Operation Operation

Figure 39 Figure 40

2
1

1
P-90726H P-90525B

(Functions Only When The Seat Bar Is Raised And The The Engine Speed Control lever (Item 1) [Figure 40] is
Engine Is Running) There is a TRACTION LOCK located alongside the door frame below the right panel.
OVERRIDE button (Item 1) [Figure 39] on the left
instrument panel which will allow you to use the steering Move the lever up to increase engine speed. Move down
handles or joystick(s) to move the loader forward and to decrease engine speed.
backward when using the backhoe attachment.
Figure 41
• Press the TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button once
to unlock traction drive. The PARKING BRAKE light
(Item 2) [Figure 39] will be OFF.

• Press the button a second time to lock the traction

drive. The PARKING BRAKE light (Item 2) 1
[Figure 39] will be ON.

NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will

unlock the traction drive when the seat bar is
raised and the engine is running.

NOTE: The TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE button will

function if the parking brake is in the engaged
or disengaged position and the engine is P107096
running. If the parking brake switch is turned
ON, the red light in the parking brake switch
will turn OFF when TRACTION LOCK There is a foot operated engine speed control pedal (Item
OVERRIDE is engaged. 1) [Figure 41] in addition to the engine speed control
lever on SJC equipped machines. It is located on the
right side floor above the footrest.

65 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

EMERGENCY EXIT Figure 44

The front opening on the operator cab and rear window

provide exits.

External Access

Figure 42

P-90676

Exit through the rear of the operator cab [Figure 44].

Front Door

P-90669A
This machine may be equipped with a Front Door.

NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the front door

The rear window can be removed from outside the loader only under emergency conditions. Damage to
using a T40 TORX® driver. Turn both screws (Item 1) machine may occur.
[Figure 42] in until the latches disengage from the
window frame. Pull the top of the window away from the Figure 45
cab and lift up to remove.

Rear Window

NOTE: Use this procedure to remove the rear window

only under emergency conditions. Damage to
machine may occur. 1

Figure 43

P-90725

Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 45] down until they

disengage from the door frame.

Push the door out of the operator cab door frame.

Exit through the opening.

P-85309A

Turn both latches (Item 1) [Figure 43] in until they

disengage from the window frame.

Push the rear window out of the rear of the operator cab.

66 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

EMERGENCY EXIT (CONT’D) Figure 48

Front Door (Cont’d)

Front Door Reassembly

2
Reassemble the front door using the following
instructions if the door was opened using the emergency
exit procedure.

Figure 46 1
1

P-90685

Orient the latches as shown (Item 1) and install the door

hinges (Item 2) [Figure 48] on the door. (Bottom hinge
shown)
2 Figure 49

P-85781A 1

Disconnect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid

hose (Item 1) [Figure 46]. 2

Figure 47

2
3
P-90686A

Install cast washers (Item 2) on door hinges taking care

to match rectangular surfaces. Hold cast washer firmly
1 against door and rotate latch (Item 1) [Figure 49] up to
lock cast washer into place. (Bottom hinge shown)

Install door on loader.

P-85588A P-85589A
Install the gas spring socket on the ball stud fitting. Install
the clip into the hole in the gas spring socket. Rotate the
Rotate and pull the clip (Item 1) out of the gas spring clip to lock into place [Figure 47].
socket. Pull the gas spring socket (Item 3) straight off the
ball stud fitting (Item 2) [Figure 47]. Connect electrical connector (Item 2) and washer fluid
hose (Item 1) [Figure 46].
Remove the door hinges from the loader.

67 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM Operation

This machine may be equipped with a Back-up Alarm.

Description
WARNING
Figure 50
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Always keep bystanders away from the work area
and travel path.
• The operator must always look in the direction of
travel.
• The back-up alarm must sound when operating
the machine in the reverse direction.
W-2783-0409

1
The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves
both steering handles or joystick(s) into the reverse
position. Slight movement of the steering handles into the
reverse position is required with hydrostatic
transmissions, before the back-up alarm will sound.
P-85645B

If alarm does not sound, see inspection and maintenance

The back-up alarm (Item 1) [Figure 50] is located on the instructions for the back-up alarm system in the
inside of the rear door. preventive maintenance section of this manual. (See
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM on Page 140.)
A back-up alarm is not a substitute for looking to the
rear when operating the loader in reverse, or for
keeping bystanders away from the work area.
Operators must always look in the direction of travel,
including reverse, and must also keep bystanders away
from the work area, even though the loader is equipped
with a back-up alarm.

Operators must be trained to always look in the direction

of travel, including when operating the loader in
reverse and to keep bystanders away from the work
area. Other workers should be trained to always keep
away from the operator’s work area and travel path.

68 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER Figure 52

Available Control Configurations SCPA

FORWARD BACKWARD
The loader has two configurations available:
1 2
• Standard Controls with Power Assist (SCPA) - Two
steering handles control drive and steering functions.

• Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) (Option) -

(‘ISO’ Pattern) Left joystick controls the drive and

steering functions. LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN
(‘H’ Pattern) Left and right joysticks control left and
3 4
right side drive and steering functions.

Operation (SCPA)

WARNING LEFT FAST RIGHT FAST

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH TURN TURN
When operating the machine: 6
5
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909

PI-1849C
Figure 51

The steering handles control forward and backward travel

and turning the loader [Figure 52].

1. Forward Travel - Push both handles forward.

2. Backward Travel - Pull both handles backward.

1 3. Left Turn - Move the right handle farther forward than

the left handle.
4. Right Turn - Move the left handle farther forward than
the right handle.
5. Left Fast Turn - Move the left handle backward and
the right handle forward.
P-90674A
6. Right Fast Turn - Move the right handle backward
and the left handle forward.
The steering handles (Item 1) [Figure 51] are on the left
and right side in front of the seat.

Move the handles smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and

stopping.

69 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Figure 55

Operation (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control Pattern SJC in ‘ISO’

Control Pattern
Figure 53 Left Joystick
FORWARD BACKWARD
1 2

FORWARD FORWARD
LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN

P-85307I
3 4
B-15993I

Select the ‘ISO’ control pattern by pressing the top of the

switch (Item 1) [Figure 53].

BACKWARD BACKWARD
LEFT TURN RIGHT TURN
WARNING 5 6

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

When operating the machine:
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on LEFT FAST RIGHT FAST
control levers. TURN TURN
W-2399-0501
7 8

Figure 54

1
B-21970B

Left Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 55].

1. Forward Travel - Move joystick forward.

2. Backward Travel - Move joystick backward.

3. Forward Left Turn - Move joystick forward and to the

left.

P-90675 4. Forward Right Turn - Move joystick forward and to

the right.
The joystick that controls drive and steering is on the left
5. Backward Left Turn - Move joystick backward and to
side in front of the seat (Item 1) [Figure 54].
the right.
Move the joystick smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and
6. Backward Right Turn - Move joystick backward and
stopping.
to the left.

7. Left Fast Turn - Move joystick to the left.

8. Right Fast Turn - Move joystick to the right.

70 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Figure 58

Operation (SJC) In ‘H’ Control Pattern Left Right SJC in ‘H’

Joystick Joystick Control Pattern
Figure 56

1 N N FORWARD

2 N N BACKWARD

P-85307I LEFT
B-15993I 3 N N TURN

Select the ‘H’ control pattern by pressing the bottom of

the switch (Item 1) [Figure 56].

4 N N
RIGHT
TURN
WARNING
LEFT
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 5 N N FAST
When operating the machine: TURN
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the foot rests and hands on
control levers. RIGHT
W-2399-0501 6 N N FAST
TURN
Figure 57 B-22029A

Joystick Functions (Drive And Steering) [Figure 58].

1. Forward Travel - Move both joysticks forward.

2. Backward Travel - Move both joysticks backward.

3. Forward Left Turn - Move the right joystick farther

1 forward than the left joystick.

4. Forward Right Turn - Move the left joystick farther

forward than the right joystick.

5. Left Fast Turn - Move the left joystick backward and

P-90674A
the right joystick forward.

Both joysticks control drive and steering and are located 6. Right Fast Turn - Move the left joystick forward and
on the left and right side in front of the seat (Item 1) the right joystick backward.
[Figure 57].
STOPPING THE LOADER
Move the joysticks smoothly. Avoid sudden starting and
stopping. Using The Steering Handles Or Joysticks

When the steering handles or joysticks are moved to the

neutral position, the hydrostatic transmission will act as a
service brake to stop the loader.

71 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

TWO-SPEED CONTROL Operation

Description Figure 60

This machine is equipped with two speed ranges, high Left Joystick Right Joystick
and low range. High range allows you to reduce cycle
times when there is a long travel distance between the
dig site and the dump site. You can also use the high
range when travelling from one job site to another at
faster speeds.
1

WARNING 2

HITTING OBSTRUCTIONS AT HIGH RANGE SPEEDS

CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Fasten shoulder belt for additional restraint when
operating at high range speeds.
W-2754-0908
NOTE: You must disengage Speed Management
before you can select high range.
Figure 59
Press the top of the switch (Item 1) on the left control for
2 high range. The two-speed and shoulder belt icons
located on the left instrument panel (Item 2) [Figure 60]
will come on.

Press the bottom of the switch for low range.

P-85812A

P-85815A

NOTE: The 3-point restraint must be used when

selecting high range operation [Figure 59].

Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1)

[Figure 59]. Pull the lap belt across to the right side of
the seat and fasten (Item 2) [Figure 59].

The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left

shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips [Figure 59].

72 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SPEED MANAGEMENT When Speed Management is engaged, the machine will
travel at the factory default setting of 57% of Standard
Operation Travel Speed and the percentage [SPD 57] will appear in
the display (Item 2) [Figure 62].
Speed Management allows the loader to be maneuvered
at a slower travel speed, even during maximum NOTE: The factory default setting can be changed by
movement of the controls. the operator. (See Changing The Factory
Default Setting on Page 74.)
This feature can be useful when installing attachments,
loading or unloading, and certain applications. While Speed Management is engaged, press the top of
(EXAMPLES: Landscaping, tilling, trenching) the Speed Control switch (Item 2) [Figure 61] to increase
the speed up to 99% [SPD 99] or the bottom of the switch
NOTE: You must be in low range speed to engage (Item 3) [Figure 61] to decrease the speed down to 1%
Speed Management. [SPD 01]. The percentages will appear in the display
(Items 2, 3 and 4) [Figure 62].
Figure 61
Press button (Item 1) [Figure 61] again to disengage
Left Right Speed Management and return to Standard Travel
2 Speed. [STD] (Item 5) [Figure 62] will appear in the
display.

The system will retain the speed percentage as long as

the loader remains ON.
1
3 EXAMPLE: You can be using the machine at 40%
P-24820C P-24802C and then disengage Speed Management to
reposition the loader, then re-engage Speed
Press the button (Item 1) [Figure 61] on the left control Management. The speed percentage will still be at
once to engage Speed Management. 40%.

Figure 62 EXAMPLE: Turning the key OFF or pressing the

STOP button will return the Speed Management
setting to default. The next time you start the
engine and engage Speed Management, the
speed will be at 57% (factory default setting) or
1 the last default setting saved by the operator. (See
Changing The Factory Default Setting on Page
74.)

NOTE: You must disengage Speed Management

before you can select high range.

NA3174

3 5
P-76461D
P-76461E
4 P-76461F
P-76461G

The Speed Management icon (Item 1) [Figure 62] will

appear in the display and remain on until the Speed
Management button is pressed again or the machine is
turned off.

73 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SPEED MANAGEMENT (CONT’D) When Speed Management is first selected each time the
machine is started, the percentage you selected will be
Changing The Factory Default Setting the default setting. Speed Management can still be
adjusted from 1% to 99% of Standard Travel Speed.
The Speed Management factory default setting can be
changed by the operator to save adjustment time. The default setting can be changed any time the operator
chooses.
EXAMPLE: Your machine is often used for
trenching and you prefer a Speed Management
setting of 28% of Standard Travel Speed for that
application. The Speed Management default
setting can be changed to 28% of Standard Travel
Speed instead of the factory default setting of
57%. Each time you start the machine and first
select Speed Management, the machine will
default to 28% of Standard Travel Speed.

Engage Speed Management. (See Operation on Page

73.)

Figure 63

Left Right

1
3
P-24820C P-24802C

Adjust the speed percentage higher (Item 2) or lower

(Item 3) [Figure 63] by pressing the Speed Control
switch until the desired default setting is displayed.

Press and hold the button (Item 1) [Figure 63] on the left
control to save the default setting.

Figure 64

NA3175

The alarm will beep once, display [SET ##] [Figure 64]
(## will be the percentage you selected) and remain in
Speed Management mode.

Pressing the button (Item 1) [Figure 63] on the left

control or turning the machine off will disengage Speed
Management and return the loader to Standard Travel
Speed.

74 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DRIVE RESPONSE Operation

Description NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat

bar is lowered, the engine is started and the
Drive Response changes how responsive (more or less) PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
the loaders drive and steering systems are when the pressed to activate the BICS™.
operator moves the controls.
Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
Drive Response can be changed by the operator for THE ENGINE procedures:
different drive response preferences and various job
conditions and attachment use. 1. Fasten seat belt.

NOTE: Changes to drive response do not affect 2. Lower seat bar.

braking or stopping the loader.
3. Place controls in neutral position.
There are three drive response settings:
4. Start the engine.
• [DR-1] provides a smooth responsive reaction to
control movement. (Drive only) 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

• [DR-2] is the default setting and provides a normal 6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly
responsive reaction to control movement. (Drive only) in the data display.

• [DR-3] provides a quick responsive reaction to control NOTE: (SJC) Raising the seat bar or changing control
movement. (Drive only) mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to
disengage from drive response. The last
displayed setting will remain in effect until the
machine is turned OFF.

75 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DRIVE RESPONSE (CONT’D) Saving The Drive Response Setting:

Operation (Cont’d) The current drive response setting can be saved by

pressing the Information button (Item 3) [Figure 65] to
Figure 65 exit from the drive response adjustment menu.

OR

If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the drive

response setting will be saved and the display screen will
change to the hourmeter.
2
NOTE: Machines equipped with a Deluxe
Instrumentation Panel will save the drive
3
response setting for each user. Example: If
user 1 saves the setting [DR-2], the machine
1
NA3172 will be in [DR-2] the next time user 1 password
is entered.
4 5 6

NA3087 / NA3088 / NA3089

Left Joystick Right Joystick

P107005D P107006D

Press the Information button (Item 3) to cycle the data

display until the drive response menu is displayed. The
current drive response setting will appear in the data
display (Item 1) [Figure 65].

Press the left or right scroll button (Item 2) [Figure 65] on

the left panel to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the
drive response are effective immediately.

OR

Press the left or right button (Item 7) [Figure 65] on the

left joystick to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the drive
response are effective immediately.

Press the left scroll button on the left panel or the left
button on the left joystick to scroll down through the three
drive response settings (Items 4, 5, and 6). Press the
right scroll button on the left panel or the right button of
the left joystick to scroll up through the three drive
response settings (Items 4, 5, and 6) [Figure 65].

76 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION Operation

Description NOTE: Changes CANNOT be performed until the seat

bar is lowered, the engine is started and the
Steering Drift Compensation can be used to reduce PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
steering drift to maintain a desired travel path in both pressed to activate the BICS™.
forward and reverse directions.
Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
Examples of applications where this feature can be used: THE ENGINE procedures:

• To compensate for normal variations such as tyre 1. Fasten seat belt.

inflation pressure, track tension, tyre wear and track
wear. 2. Lower seat bar.

• Using side shift attachments such as trenchers, 3. Place controls in neutral position.
planers and silt fence installers.
4. Start the engine.
• Driving on uneven terrain such as crowned road
surfaces. 5. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

Figure 66 6. Current drive response setting will be displayed briefly

in the data display.
STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION
NOTE: (SJC) Raising the seat bar or changing control
mode (ISO / H) will cause the machine to
disengage from steering drift compensation.
The last displayed setting will remain in effect
until the machine is turned OFF.

B-23580C

Steering drift compensation contains a total of 21

settings. Steering drift compensation can be set to any
point from neutral to [S-L10] left and from neutral to [S-
R10] right. [S----] is displayed when set for neutral
[Figure 66].

77 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION (CONT’D) Press the right scroll button on the left panel or the right
button on the left joystick to adjust the machine back
Operation (Cont’d) toward center. The display will decrease down to neutral
displayed as [S----] (Item 5). Another press of the upper
Figure 67 right button will cause [S-R01] (Item 6) to appear in the
data display (Item 1) [Figure 67]. The number will
increase by one each time you press the button up to a
maximum of [S-R10]. The higher the number, the greater
the amount of steering drift compensation to the right.

Forward steering drift compensation setting can be

2 adjusted with the steering controls in neutral or during
forward travel. Reverse steering drift compensation
setting can be adjusted during reverse travel.
3
Saving The Steering Drift Compensation Setting:
1
NA3172
The current steering drift compensation setting can be
saved by pressing the Information button (Item 3)
4 5 6 [Figure 67] to exit from the steering drift compensation
adjustment menu.
NA3080 / NA3082 / NA3081
OR
Left Joystick Right Joystick
If no buttons are pressed for 10 seconds, the steering
drift compensation setting will be saved and the display
screen will change to the hourmeter.

P107005D P107006D

Press the Information button (Item 3) to cycle the data

display until the steering drift compensation menu is
displayed. The current steering drift compensation setting
will appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 67].

Press the left or right scroll button (Item 2) [Figure 67] on

the left panel to adjust the setting. Adjustments to
steering drift compensation are effective immediately.

OR

Press the left or right button (Item 7) [Figure 67] on the

left joystick to adjust the setting. Adjustments to the
steering drift compensation are effective immediately.

Press the left scroll button on the left panel or the left
button on the left joystick to adjust the machine left.
[S-L01] (Item 4) through a maximum of [S-L10] will
appear in the data display (Item 1) [Figure 67]. The
number will increase by one each time you press the
button. The higher the number, the greater the amount of
steering drift compensation to the left.

78 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION Operation

Lift and Tilt Compensation is available on SJC equipped NOTE: Lift and Tilt Compensation should be
machines. performed when the machine has been
warmed to operating temperature and any
NOTE: Software version 79.8 or higher is required to attachment has been removed.
support this feature. The software version can
be viewed on the display screen using the Perform PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE and STARTING
lights button. (See Left Panel (Earlier Models) THE ENGINE procedures:
(Cont’d) on Page 46.) or (See Left Panel (Later
Models) (Cont’d) on Page 48.) See your 1. Fasten seat belt.
Bobcat dealer to update your machine
software version if necessary. 2. Lower seat bar and engage the parking brake.

Description 3. Place joysticks in neutral position.

Lift and Tilt Compensation can be used to adjust the lift 4. Start the engine.
and tilt control sensitivity. This enables the operator to
increase or decrease the amount of control movement 5. Select ‘H’ control pattern.
before lift up, lift down, tilt back, and tilt out begins. The
operator can change each setting to their preference. 6. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

EXAMPLE: Your machine is being used with a 7. Raise the lift arms about 1 m (3 ft) off the ground and
mower attachment. The mower slowly lowers tilt the Bob-Tach frame forward about 300 mm (1 ft).
because you move the controls slightly when
passing over extremely rough ground. Adjusting 8. Raise and lower the seat bar to engage the interlocks
the lift down control to a low setting will provide and enable the procedure to be performed.
an increased neutral band and allow for more
control movement before the lift arms move. 9. Increase engine speed to high idle.

The procedure that follows provides a starting point for NOTE: When the procedure has begun, raising the
the lift and tilt control compensation. Operators can seat bar will cause the machine to disengage
adjust the settings to account for attachment weight, from lift and tilt compensation. Changes made
engine rpm and application. to the lift and tilt compensation settings will
NOT be saved.

79 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION (CONT’D) 2. Move the left joystick outward and hold. [LU ##] (Item
4) will appear in the data display. (## will indicate the
Operation (Cont’d) current setting.) Move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 68]
to the right repeatedly until a slight upward movement
This procedure is described using the ‘H’ control pattern. of the lift arms is noticed. The setting will increase by
The procedure can be performed using the ‘ISO’ control one each time the switch is moved. The available
pattern on SJC equipped loaders. range of adjustment is -25 to 35.

Figure 68 NOTE: If the lift arms begin to move immediately,

move the switch (Item 9) [Figure 68] to the left
repeatedly until lift arm movement stops, then
move the switch to the right repeatedly until a
slight upward movement of the lift arms is
noticed. (This procedure also applies to the
next three steps.)

3. Move the left joystick inward and hold. [LD ##] (Item
5) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
(Item 9) [Figure 68] to the right repeatedly until a
2 slight downward movement of the lift arms is noticed.
1
4. Move the right joystick inward and hold. [TB ##] (Item
NA3146 6) will appear in the data display. Move the switch
(Item 9) [Figure 68] to the right repeatedly until a
3 4 slight backward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
5
is noticed.

6 5. Move the right joystick outward and hold. [TO ##]

7
(Item 7) will appear in the data display. Move the
switch (Item 9) [Figure 68] to the right repeatedly until
NA3152 / NA3153 / NA3154 / NA3155 / NA3156
a slight forward tilt movement of the Bob-Tach frame
Left Joystick Right Joystick is noticed.

Saving The Lift And Tilt Compensation Setting:

9
The current lift and tilt compensation setting can be
saved by pressing the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 1) [Figure 68]. The machine will exit from
8 the lift and tilt compensation menu.

OR

P107005C P107006C Raise and lower the seat bar to exit from the lift and tilt
compensation menu without saving. This will cancel all
changes made. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE
LTC - Lift and Tilt Compensation LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 68] to continue
LU - Lift Up machine operation.
LD - Lift Down
TB - Tilt Back Perform several lift and tilt functions to determine if the
TO - Tilt Out settings match your preferences. Repeat procedure if
desired.
1. Press and hold the float button (Item 8). Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1).
Release both buttons. This will open the lift and tilt
compensation menu. [LTC] (Item 3) will appear in the
data display (Item 2) [Figure 68].

80 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS Figure 70

Description

Two foot pedals (or optional joysticks) control the 2

hydraulic cylinders for the lift and tilt functions.

Put your feet on the pedals (or footrests) and KEEP

1
THEM THERE any time you operate the loader.

Standard Controls With Power Assist (SCPA)

NA1681 B-15973
Figure 69

Tilt Operation - (Right Pedal)

Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 70] of the pedal to tilt

2
the bucket backward.

1 Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 70] of the pedal to tilt

the bucket forward.

NA1681 B-15973

Lift Arm Operation - (Left Pedal)

Push the heel (Item 1) [Figure 69] of the pedal to

raise the lift arms.

Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 69] of the pedal to lower

the lift arms.

Lift Arm Float Position - (Left Pedal)

Push the toe (Item 2) [Figure 69] of the pedal all the
way forward until it locks into the float position.

Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose

material while driving backward.

Raise the lift arms to disengage the float position.

81 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘H’ Control
Pattern
Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) In ‘ISO’ Control
Pattern Figure 73

Figure 71
Left Right
2 Joystick Joystick

2
3 1

3
B-19873
NA1681 B-19874
1
NA1681 Right Joystick B-15781
Lift Arm Operation - (Left Hand Joystick)

Lift Arm Operation - (Right Hand Joystick) Move the joystick outward (Item 1) [Figure 73] to
raise the lift arms.
Move the joystick backward (Item 1) [Figure 71] to
raise the lift arms. Move the joystick inward (Item 2) [Figure 73] to lower
the lift arms.
Move the joystick forward (Item 2) [Figure 71] to
lower the lift arms. Lift Arm Float Position - (Left And Right Hand Joysticks)

Lift Arm Float Position - (Right Hand Joystick) Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 73]
while the joysticks are in neutral. Move the left joystick
Press and hold the Float button (Item 3) [Figure 71] to lift arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 73], then
while the joystick is in neutral. Move the joystick to lift release the button.
arm down position (Item 2) [Figure 71], then release
the button. Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the left
joystick to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 73] to
Press Float button (Item 3) again or move the joystick disengage.
to lift arm up position (Item 1) [Figure 71] to
disengage. Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward.
Use the float position of the lift arms to level loose
material while driving backward. Figure 74

Figure 72 Left Right

Joystick Joystick

1 2 1 2

NA1681 B-19873
NA1681 Right Joystick B-15781 B-19874

Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick)

Tilt Operation - (Right Hand Joystick)
Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 74] to tilt
Move the joystick inward (Item 1) [Figure 72] to tilt
the bucket backward.
the bucket backward.
Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 74] to tilt
Move the joystick outward (Item 2) [Figure 72] to tilt
the bucket forward.
the bucket forward.

82 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D)

Hydraulic Bucket Positioning

The function of hydraulic bucket positioning is to keep the

bucket at the same approximate angle as the lift arms are
raised.

Figure 75

P-85319

Press the top of the BUCKET POSITIONING switch (Item

1) [Figure 75] on the left switch panel to engage the
bucket positioning function. The amber light in the switch
will turn on. Press the bottom of the switch to disengage.
The amber light will turn off.

Bucket positioning functions only during upward lift cycle.

83 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the
seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (Front and Rear) will deactivate.

Figure 76

1
2

NA3172

Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 76]

once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.

The light (Item 1) [Figure 76] is ON.

Figure 77

Left Joystick Right Joystick

P107005C P107006C

Move the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)

[Figure 77] to the right or left to change direction of the
auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the front quick couplers. If
you move the switch halfway, the auxiliary functions move
at approximately one-half speed. (EXAMPLE: Open and
close grapple teeth.)

Release the Front Auxiliary Hydraulic switch to stop

hydraulic fluid flow to the front quick couplers.

Loaders Without High-Flow Hydraulics

To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary

Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 76] again.

Loaders With High-Flow Hydraulics

To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary

Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 76] two times.

All Loaders

The light (Item 1) [Figure 76] is OFF.

84 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation (REVERSE
CONTINUOUS FLOW)
FRONT Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation
(CONTINUOUS FLOW) To allow constant auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the front
male coupler (male coupler is pressurised):
Figure 78
1. Activate the auxiliary hydraulics.
Left Right
2. Move the front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1)
1 [Figure 78] to the left and hold it there.

3. Press the continuous flow control switch (Item 2)

[Figure 78].

4. Release the front auxiliary hydraulic switch.

2
NOTE: Reverse flow can cause damage to some
P-24802A
attachments. Use reverse flow with your
P-24820A
attachment only if approved. See your
attachment Operation & Maintenance Manual
After activating the auxiliary hydraulics, press the for detailed information.
continuous flow control switch (Item 2) [Figure 78] to
allow constant auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the front To stop reverse continuous auxiliary hydraulic oil flow,
female coupler (female coupler is pressurised). press the front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 2)
(EXAMPLE: Operate a backhoe.) [Figure 78] a second time.

To stop continuous auxiliary hydraulic oil flow, press the NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the
front auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 2) [Figure 78] a seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
second time. (Front and Rear) will deactivate.

NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the

seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
(Front and Rear) will deactivate.

85 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Move the Rear Auxiliary Hydraulic switch (Item 1)
[Figure 81] to the right or left to change direction of the
REAR Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation auxiliary hydraulic fluid flow to the rear quick couplers
[Figure 80]. (EXAMPLE: Raise and lower rear
This machine may be equipped with Rear Auxiliary stabilizers.) Release the switch to stop fluid flow.
Hydraulics.
Loaders Without High-Flow Hydraulics
Figure 79
To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary
Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 79] again.

Loaders With High-Flow Hydraulics

To deactivate the auxiliary hydraulics, press the Auxiliary

1 Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 79] two times.
2
All Loaders

The light (Item 1) [Figure 79] is OFF.

NA3172
NOTE: When the operator is seated and raises the
seat bar, the Auxiliary Hydraulic System
Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) [Figure 79] (Front and Rear) will deactivate.
once to activate the auxiliary hydraulics.

The light (Item 1) [Figure 79] is ON.

Figure 80

P100712

Figure 81

Left Joystick Right Joystick

P107005C P107006C

86 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Quick Couplers

High-Flow Hydraulics Operation

This machine
Hydraulics.
may be equipped with High-Flow WARNING
The High-Flow function provides additional hydraulic fluid AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
flow to the system to operate an attachment that requires Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
more hydraulic flow. (EXAMPLE: High-Flow Planer) penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Figure 82 Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
4
from a physician familiar with this injury.
W-2072-0807

Figure 83
2
1 3

1
NA3215

Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) once to

activate the auxiliary hydraulics. The light (Item 1)
[Figure 82] is ON.
P-85281A P100711A
Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) a second
time to activate high-flow auxiliary hydraulics. Both lights
To Connect: Remove dirt or debris from the surface of the
(Items 1 and 3) are ON. [HIFLO] (Item 4) [Figure 82] will
male and female couplers, and from the outside diameter
appear briefly in the data display.
of the male couplers. Visually check the couplers for
corroding, cracking, damage, or excessive wear. If any of
Press the Auxiliary Hydraulics button (Item 2) a third time
these conditions exist, the coupler(s) [Figure 83] must
to deactivate auxiliary hydraulics. Both lights (Items 1 and
be replaced.
3) [Figure 82] are OFF.
Install the male couplers into the female couplers. Full
Attachments That Automatically Enable High-Flow
connection is made when the ball release sleeves slide
Hydraulics:
forward on the female couplers. Some attachments may
have a case drain that needs to be connected to the
Press button once to activate auxiliary hydraulics and
small quick coupler (Item 1) [Figure 83].
high-flow, both lights are ON; second button press will
deactivate high-flow hydraulics, right light is OFF;
To Disconnect: Hold the male couplers. Retract the
third button press will deactivate auxiliary hydraulics,
sleeves on the female couplers until couplers disconnect.
both lights are OFF.

Attachments That Automatically Disable High-Flow

Hydraulics:
WARNING
Press button once to activate auxiliary hydraulics, left
light is ON; second button press will not activate high- AVOID BURNS
flow hydraulics, right light is ON briefly and turns OFF; Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
third button press will deactivate auxiliary hydraulics, can get hot when running machine and attachments.
both lights are OFF. Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
couplers.
NOTE: See attachment Operation & Maintenance W-2220-0396
Manual for more information.

87 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC CONTROLS (CONT’D) Front Auxiliary Quick Couplers

Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And When Connecting: Push the quick couplers tightly
Attachment) together and hold for five seconds; the pressure is
automatically relieved as the couplers are installed.

When Disconnecting: Push the quick couplers tightly

WARNING together and hold for five seconds; then retract the
sleeves until the couplers disconnect.
AVOID BURNS
Rear Auxiliary Quick Couplers
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot when running machine and attachments.
Put the attachment flat on the ground.
Be careful when connecting and disconnecting quick
couplers.
W-2220-0396
Stop the engine and turn the key to RUN or press the
RUN button.

Figure 84

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do 1
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury. NA3172
W-2072-EN-0909

Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1) [Figure 84].

Figure 85
Left Right

P-24820A P-24802A

Move the rear auxiliary hydraulic switch (Item 1)

[Figure 85] to the right and left several times.

88 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) Figure 88
Left Right
This machine may be equipped with an Attachment
Control Device.

Description

Figure 86
1
2 3

P-24820A P-24802A

Additional switches (Items 1, 2 and 3) [Figure 88] on the

1
left and right controls are used to control some
attachment functions through the attachment control
device.

NOTE: ACD takes over the function of auxiliary

hydraulic switch (Item 1) [Figure 88] from
P-85281 Rear Auxiliary Hydraulics when an
attachment electrical harness is attached to
the ACD.
Connect the attachment electrical harness to the
attachment control device (Item 1) [Figure 86]. See the appropriate attachment Operation &
Maintenance Manual for control details.
Figure 87

P-85313

You will need the 14-Pin Attachment Control Device kit

(Item 1) [Figure 87] to operate early model attachments.
See your Bobcat loader dealer.

89 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DAILY INSPECTION

Daily Inspection And Maintenance

WARNING
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals.
Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
failures. The Service Checklist And Schedule is a guide
• Keep door / cover closed except for service.
for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
• Keep engine clean of flammable material.
• Keep body, loose objects and clothing away from
Figure 89
electrical contacts, moving parts, hot parts and
exhaust.
• Do not use the machine in space with explosive
dusts or gases or with flammable material near
exhaust.
• Never use ether or starting fluid on diesel engine
1 with glow plugs or air intake heater. Use only
starting aids as approved by engine
manufacturer.
• Leaking fluids under pressure can enter skin and
cause serious injury.
• Battery acid causes severe burns; wear goggles.
If acid contacts eyes, skin, or clothing, flush with
water. For contact with eyes, flush and get
medical attention.
P100041A
• Battery makes flammable and explosive gas.
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco
The Service Checklist And Schedule (Item 1) [Figure 89] away.
is located inside the rear door of the loader. • For jump start, connect negative cable to the
machine engine last (never at the battery). After
A chart format of the Service Checklist And Schedule is jump start, remove negative connection at the
also available in the Preventive Maintenance section of engine first.
this manual. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 133.) • Exhaust gases can kill. Always ventilate.
W-2782-0409

NOTE: Fluids such as engine oil, hydraulic fluid,

coolant, etc. must be disposed of in an
environmentally safe manner. Some
regulations require that certain spills and
leaks on the ground must be cleaned in a
specific manner. See local bylaws for correct
disposal.

WARNING
Operator must have instructions before operating the
machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
death.
W-2001-0502

90 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DAILY INSPECTION (CONT’D)

Daily Inspection And Maintenance (Cont’d)

The following list of items must be checked daily:

IMPORTANT
• Engine Oil Level This machine is factory equipped with a spark
arrester exhaust system that must be maintained for
• Hydraulic Fluid Level proper function.

• Engine Air Filter - Check System for Damage or • WITH MUFFLER

Leaks If factory equipped with a muffler, the muffler is a
spark arrester. The spark chamber must be
• Engine Cooling System - Check System for Damage emptied every 100 hours of operation to keep it in
or Leaks, Check Coolant Level, Clean Oil Cooler, working condition.
Radiator and Rear Grille
• WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)
• Operator Cab and Cab Mounting Hardware If factory equipped with a DPF, the DPF acts as a
spark arrester and engine exhaust emissions
• Seat Belt device. The DPF must be maintained according
to the instructions in the Operation &
• Seat Bar and Control Interlocks Maintenance Manual for proper function as an
emissions and spark arrester device.
• Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™)
(If this machine is operated on flammable forest,
• Front Horn - Check for Proper Function brush or grass cover land, a spark arrester attached
to the exhaust system may be required and must be
• Grease Pivot Pins (Lift Arms, Lift Links, Bob-Tach, maintained in working order. Refer to local laws and
Cylinders, Bob-Tach Wedges) regulations for spark arrester requirements.)
I-2350-EN-0512

• Tyres - Check for Wear, Damage, Correct Air

Pressure

• Fuel Filter - Remove Trapped Water

• Loose or Broken Parts - Repair or Replace as

IMPORTANT
Necessary PRESSURE WASHING DECALS
• Never direct the stream at a low angle toward the
• Safety Treads and Safety Signs (Decals) - Replace as decal that could damage the decal causing it to
necessary peel from the surface.
• Direct the stream at a 90 degree angle and at
• Lift Arm Support Device - Replace if Damaged least 300 mm (12 in) from the decal. Wash from
the centre of the decal toward the edges.
I-2226-EN-0910

91 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE Operation & Maintenance Manual And Operator’s
Handbook Locations
Entering The Loader
Figure 91
Figure 90

2
1

1 2

N-20299

P-90526A
P-90562C

Read and understand the Operation & Maintenance

Use the bucket or attachment steps, grab handles, and Manual and the Operator’s Handbook (Item 1)
safety treads (on the loader lift arms and frame) to get on [Figure 91] before operating the loader.
and off the loader, maintaining a 3-point contact at all
times [Figure 90]. Do not jump. The Operation & Maintenance Manual and other
manuals can be kept in a container (Item 2) [Figure 91]
Safety treads are installed on the Bobcat loader to provided behind the operator seat.
provide a slip resistant surface for getting on and off the
loader.

Keep safety treads clean and replace when damaged.

Replacement treads are available from your Bobcat
WARNING
dealer.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Instructions are necessary before operating or
servicing machine. Read and understand the
Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s
Handbook and signs (decals) on machine. Follow
warnings and instructions in the manuals when
making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for
correct function after adjustments, repairs or
service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death.
W-2003-0807

92 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Air Ride Suspension Seat (Option)

Seat Adjustment Figure 94

Suspension Seat 1

Figure 92

2 P-90887

Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 94] up to adjust the angle

P100224
of the seat back.

Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 94] up to adjust the seat

Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 92] up to adjust the angle position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.
of the seat back.
Figure 95
Pull the lever (Item 2) [Figure 92] up to adjust the seat
position for comfortable operation of the loader controls.

Figure 93
1

P-90888

2
P-90024A The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension
response of the seat depending on the operator’s weight.
The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2)
The lever (Item 1) is used to adjust the suspension
[Figure 95] centred in the gauge with the operator
response of the seat depending on the operator’s weight.
normally seated.
The optimum setting is achieved with the needle (Item 2)
[Figure 93] centred in the gauge with the operator
Pull the lever (Item 1) [Figure 95] up and hold to
normally seated.
increase the amount of air in the seat suspension. Push
the lever down and hold to decrease the amount of air in
Pivot the lever out fully to adjust the setting. Pump lever
the seat suspension.
between middle and upper positions to move the needle
to the right. Pump lever between middle and lower
NOTE: The loader electrical system must be turned
positions to move the needle to the left. Return lever to
ON to increase the amount of air in the seat
the middle position and pivot lever back fully to lock in
suspension.
setting.

93 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Seat Bar

Steering Handle / Joystick Position Adjustment Figure 98

Figure 96

P-85452A
P-90491A

Lower the seat bar and engage the parking brake

Pull the adjustment levers (Item 1) [Figure 96] up to slide [Figure 98].
the loader steering handles or joysticks forward or
backward to adjust for comfortable operation. (Right side Put the foot pedals, if equipped, in neutral position.
shown.)
NOTE: Keep your hands on the steering controls and
Seat Belt Adjustment your feet on the foot pedals (or footrests)
while operating the loader.
Figure 97

2
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:
P-85812A
• Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.
• The seat bar must be lowered.
• Keep your feet on the pedal controls or footrests
and hands on the controls.
W-2261-0909
1

P-85815A

Connect the shoulder belt to the lap belt (Item 1)

[Figure 97]. Pull the lap belt across to the right side of
the seat and fasten (Item 2) [Figure 97].

The shoulder belt must be positioned over your left

shoulder and lap belt over your lower hips [Figure 97].

IMPORTANT
Check the seat belt and shoulder belt retractors for
correct operation.

Keep retractors clean and replace as necessary.

I-2199-0200

94 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STARTING THE ENGINE Figure 100

Standard Key Panel

1

WARNING 2

AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH

• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases.
W-2051-0212
P-90687A

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 92.)
Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 1) [Figure 100]. The
indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON
Figure 99
briefly and the Instrument Panel / monitoring system will
do a self test.

Figure 101

1 P-76461B
P-90525B

The machine will cycle the air intake heater automatically

Set the engine speed control to the idle position based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
[Figure 99]. will be ON and the cycle time remaining will show in the
data display (Item 2) [Figure 101].

When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 2). Release the key when the
engine starts and allow it to return to the RUN position
(Item 1) [Figure 100].

95 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Figure 103

Standard Key Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both steering controls are in the

neutral position before starting the engine. Do
not move the controls from the neutral 2
position when turning the key to RUN or
START with the BICS™ activated.

WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P-90726H
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat.
• Never wear loose clothing when working near Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
machine. 1) [Figure 103] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
W-2135-1108
hydraulic and loader functions.

Figure 102 The current drive response setting will be displayed

briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 103] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position

(ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required.
The light will flash when the key switch is ON
and continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
thereafter the light will become solid. If the
mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the
1
active mode light will remain solid and the
pending mode light will flash. When operation
P-85307J of the machine is returned to neutral, the
active mode light will then turn off and the
pending mode light will continue to flash until
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 1) the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
[Figure 102] if equipped with SJC. pressed.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807

96 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Figure 105

Keyless Start Panel

WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing
explosive dust or gases. 2
W-2051-0212 3

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 92.)
P-90819J
Figure 104

Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 2) [Figure 105]. The

indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON
briefly and the Instrument Panel / monitoring system will
do a self test.

Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) [Figure 105] to enter

the password.

Figure 106

P-90525B

Set the engine speed control to the idle position

[Figure 104]. 2

NOTE: Loaders with a Keyless Start Panel have a 1

permanent, randomly generated Master P-76461B

Password set at the factory. Your loader will

also have an Owner Password. The owner
The machine will cycle the air intake heater automatically
password can be changed to prevent
based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
unauthorised use of your loader. (See
will be ON and the cycle time remaining (Item 2)
Changing The Owner Password on Page 197.)
[Figure 106] will show in the data display.
Keep your password in a safe place for future
needs.
When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
switch to START (Item 3). Release the switch when the
NOTE: The Password Lockout feature can be used to
engine starts and allow it to return to the RUN position
allow starting of the loader without a
(Item 2) [Figure 105].
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 197.)

97 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Figure 108

Keyless Start Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both steering controls are in the

neutral position before starting the engine. Do
not move the controls from the neutral 2
position when turning the key switch to RUN
or START with the BICS™ activated.

WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P-90726H
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat.
• Never wear loose clothing when working near Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
machine. 1) [Figure 108] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
W-2135-1108
hydraulic and loader functions.

Figure 107 The current drive response setting will be displayed

briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 108] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position

(ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required.
The light will flash when the key switch is ON
and continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
thereafter the light will become solid. If the
mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the
1
active mode light will remain solid and the
pending mode light will flash. When operation
P-85307U of the machine is returned to neutral, the
active mode light will then turn off and the
pending mode light will continue to flash until
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 1) the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
[Figure 107] if equipped with SJC. pressed.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807

98 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Figure 110

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel

1
WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Engines can have hot parts and hot exhaust gas.
Keep flammable material away.
• Do not use machines in atmosphere containing 2
explosive dust or gases. 3
W-2051-0212

Perform the PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE. (See PRE-

STARTING PROCEDURE on Page 92.)
P-90212K
Figure 109
Turn the key switch to RUN (Item 2) [Figure 110]. The
indicator lights on the left instrument panel will come ON
briefly and the Instrument Panel / monitoring system will
do a self test.

Use the numeric keypad (Item 1) [Figure 110] to enter

the password.

Figure 111

P-90525B

Set the engine speed control to the idle position 2

[Figure 109].
1
NOTE: Loaders with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel P-76461B
have a permanent, randomly generated
Master Password set at the factory. Your
loader will also be assigned an Owner The machine will cycle the air intake heater automatically
Password. Your dealer will provide you with based on temperature. The engine preheat icon (Item 1)
this password. Change the owner password will be ON and the cycle time remaining (Item 2)
to one that you will easily remember to [Figure 111] will show in the data display.
prevent unauthorised use of your loader. (See
Changing The Owner Password on Page 198.) When the engine preheat icon goes OFF, turn the key
Keep your password in a safe place for future switch to START (Item 3). Release the switch when the
needs. engine starts and allow it to return to the RUN position
(Item 2) [Figure 110].
NOTE: The Password Lockout feature can be used to
allow starting of the loader without a
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 199.)

99 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Figure 113

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (Cont’d)

NOTE: Make sure both steering controls are in the

neutral position before starting the engine. Do
not move the controls from the neutral 2
position when turning the key switch to RUN
or START with the BICS™ activated.

WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P-90726H
• Fasten seat belt, start and operate only from the
operator’s seat.
• Never wear loose clothing when working near Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item
machine. 1) [Figure 113] to activate the BICS™ and to perform
W-2135-1108
hydraulic and loader functions.

Figure 112 The current drive response setting will be displayed

briefly in the data display (Item 2) each time the PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 1) [Figure 113] is
pressed.

NOTE: (SJC) The light of the current switch position

(ISO or H) will flash, which will indicate
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER is required.
The light will flash when the key switch is ON
and continue to flash until the PRESS TO
OPERATE LOADER button is pressed,
thereafter the light will become solid. If the
mode (ISO / H) is changed while driving, the
1
active mode light will remain solid and the
pending mode light will flash. When operation
P-85307V of the machine is returned to neutral, the
active mode light will then turn off and the
pending mode light will continue to flash until
(SJC) Select ‘ISO’ or ‘H’ Control Pattern (Item 1) the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is
[Figure 112] if equipped with SJC. pressed.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807

100 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STARTING THE ENGINE (CONT’D) Warming The Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System

Cold Temperature Starting

IMPORTANT
WARNING When the temperature is below -30°C (-20°F),
hydrostatic oil must be warmed before starting. The
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH hydrostatic system will not get enough oil at low
Do not use ether with glow plug (preheat) systems. temperatures and will be damaged. Park the machine
Explosion can result which can cause injury, death, in an area where the temperature will be above -18°C
or severe engine damage. (0°F) if possible.
W-2071-0907 I-2007-0910

If the temperature is below freezing, perform the following Let the engine run for a minimum of five minutes to warm
to make starting the engine easier: the engine and hydrostatic transmission fluid before
operating the loader.
• Replace the engine oil with the correct type and
viscosity for the anticipated starting temperature.
(See Engine Oil Chart on Page 153.)

• Make sure the battery is fully charged.

• Install an engine heater, available from your Bobcat

loader dealer.

• Move engine speed control lever halfway before

starting. Return to idle position after the engine starts.

NOTE: The display screen of the Deluxe

Instrumentation Panel may not be at full
intensity when the temperature is below -26°C
(-15°F). It may take 30 seconds to several
minutes for the display screen to warm up. All
systems remain monitored even when the
display screen is off.

101 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS Warning And Shutdown

Left Panel When a WARNING condition exists, the associated icon

light will come ON and there will be 3 beeps from the
Figure 114 alarm. If this condition is allowed to continue, there may
be damage to the engine or loader hydraulic systems.

When a SHUTDOWN condition exists, the associated

icon light will come ON and there will be a continuous
beep from the alarm. The monitoring system will
automatically stop the engine in 15 seconds. The engine
can be restarted to move or relocate the loader.
2
1 The SHUTDOWN feature is associated with the following
icons:

NA3172 General Warning

Engine Malfunction
Engine Coolant Temperature
Frequently monitor the temperature and fuel gauges and
Hydraulic System Malfunction
BICS™ lights (all BICS™ lights must be OFF to operate
loader) [Figure 114].

After the engine is running, frequently monitor the left

instrument panel [Figure 114] for machine condition.

The associated icon will be ON if there is an error

condition.

EXAMPLE: Engine Coolant Temperature is High.

The Engine Over-Temperature icon (Item 1) [Figure 114]

will be ON.

Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 114] to

cycle the data display until the service code screen is
displayed. One of the following SERVICE CODES will be
displayed.

• M0810 Engine Coolant Temperature High

• M0811 Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High

Find the cause of the error code and correct before

operating the loader again. (See Service Codes List on
Page 188.)

102 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER Unbuckle the seat belt.

Procedure Remove the key from the switch (Standard Key Panel) to
prevent operation of the loader by unauthorised
Stop the loader on level ground. personnel.

Fully lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the NOTE: Activating the Password Lockout Feature on
ground. machines with the Keyless Start Panel or the
Deluxe Instrumentation Panel allows
Figure 115 operation of the loader without using a
password. (See Password Lockout Feature on
Page 197.) or (See Password Lockout Feature
on Page 199.)

Figure 117

P-90525B

P-85737A P-85735A
Push the engine speed control fully down [Figure 115] to
decrease the engine speed.
Exit the loader using grab handles, safety tread and steps
Engage the parking brake. (maintaining a 3-point contact) [Figure 117].

Figure 116

1 1
WARNING
2
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
P-90688A P-90214C P-90214A
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
Turn the key switch to the STOP position (Item 1) or • Engage the parking brake.
press the STOP button (Item 2) [Figure 116]. • Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
NOTE: If the loader lights are ON, they will remain ON position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
for approximately 90 seconds after turning drive functions are deactivated.
the loader OFF.
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
Raise the seat bar and make sure the lift and tilt functions when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
are deactivated. service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

103 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

COUNTERWEIGHTS Accessories That Affect Machine Weight

Description If your loader is already equipped with accessories like

Over Tyre Steel Tracks, Water Tanks or Rear Stabilisers,
Counterweights can be installed on the loader. See your installing counterweights may not be necessary.
Bobcat dealer for information about approved loader
counterweights and configurations for your job See your Bobcat dealer for more information about the
application and attachment. proper use of counterweights with your attachments and
accessories.
Effect On The Loader And Loader Operation

Proper operation of the loader and attachment does not

change if counterweights are installed on this loader.
Always follow the instructions provided in this manual
when operating your loader with counterweights installed.

Counterweights installed on your loader can affect the

loader and its operation in some applications. Some
examples are:

• Increased machine weight.

• Increased Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).

• Harder steering.

• Accelerated or uneven tyre wear.

• Increased power consumption.

When To Consider Using Counterweights

Install counterweights to increase the loaders Rated

Operating Capacity (ROC) which could improve
attachment performance in some applications. Some
examples are:

• Using pallet fork with palletized loads.

• Using grapples or bale fork.

• Using buckets to handle loose material without

digging.

When To Consider Removing Counterweights

Remove counterweights to increase the downward force

of the attachment for better attachment performance in
some applications. Some examples are:

• Digging with buckets.

• Using Hydraulic Breakers, Scrapers or Landplanes.

104 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENTS Use the correct bucket size for the type and density of
material being handled. For safe handling of materials
Choosing The Correct Bucket and avoiding machine damage, the attachment (or
bucket) should handle a full load without going over the
ROC for the loader. Partial loads make steering more
difficult.
WARNING
Pallet Fork
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Figure 119
Never use attachments or buckets which are not
approved by Bobcat Company. Buckets and
attachments for safe loads of specified densities are
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments 1
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907

NOTE: Warranty is void if non-approved attachments Load varies with

are used on the Bobcat loader. model of pallet fork
being used.
The dealer can identify, for each model loader, the
attachments and buckets approved by Bobcat. The
buckets and attachments are approved for Rated
Operating Capacity (ROC) and for secure fastening to the
Bob-Tach. B-17255

The ROC for this loader is shown on a decal in the

operator cab. (See Performance on Page 204.) The maximum load to be carried when using a pallet fork
is shown on a decal located on the pallet fork frame (Item
The ROC is determined by using a bucket and material of 1) [Figure 119].
normal density, such as dirt or dry gravel. If longer
buckets are used, the load centre moves forward and See your Bobcat dealer for more information about pallet
reduces the ROC. If very dense material is loaded, the fork inspection, maintenance and replacement. See your
volume must be reduced to prevent overloading. Bobcat dealer for ROC when using a pallet fork and for
other available attachments.
Figure 118

WRONG
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Do not exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC).
Excessive load can cause tipping or loss of control.
W-2053-0903

NA1676

Exceeding the ROC [Figure 118] can cause the following

problems:

• Steering the loader may be difficult.

• Tyres will wear faster.
• There will be a loss of stability.
• The life of the Bobcat loader will be reduced.

105 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Figure 121

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand

Lever Bob-Tach)

The Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets and

attachments. See the appropriate attachment Operation
& Maintenance Manual to install other attachments.

Figure 120

P-85514

Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the

bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground
[Figure 121]. This will cause the bucket mounting frame
to fit up against the front of the Bob-Tach.

Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING

P-85515
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
103.)

Installing

Pull the Bob-Tach levers up until they are fully raised

(wedges fully raised) (Item 1) [Figure 120].
WARNING
Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on Before you leave the operator’s seat:
Page 92.) • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE • Stop the engine.
LOADER button and release the parking brake. • Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward. • Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the drive functions are deactivated.
Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange of the bucket
mounting frame [Figure 120] (or other attachment). The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
NOTE: Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the service if controls do not deactivate.
attachment. W-2463-1110

106 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand

Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d) WARNING
Installing (Cont’d)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
Figure 122
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208

Removing

Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable.

Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING

THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
103.)
1 P-85513

Push down on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully

engaged in the locked position (Item 1) [Figure 122] WARNING
(wedges fully extended through the attachment mounting
frame holes). Both levers must contact the frame as AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
shown when locked (Item 1) [Figure 122].
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
• Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see
the ground.
your Bobcat dealer for maintenance.
• Stop the engine.
• Engage the parking brake.
Figure 123
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.

The seat bar system must deactivate these functions

1 when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110

Disconnect attachment electrical harness, water line and

hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And
2 Attachment) on Page 88.)
P-31233A P-31237B

The wedges (Item 1) must extend through the holes (Item

2) [Figure 123] in the mounting frame of the bucket (or
other attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the
Bob-Tach.

107 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power
Bob-Tach)
Installing And Removing The Attachment (Hand
Lever Bob-Tach) (Cont’d) This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach.

Removing (Cont’d) Installing

Figure 124 The Power Bob-Tach is used for fast changing of buckets
and attachments. See the appropriate attachment
Operation & Maintenance Manual to install other
attachments.

Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING

PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
Page 92.)

Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE

LOADER button and release the parking brake.
P-85512

Lower the lift arms and tilt the Bob-Tach forward.

Pull the Bob-Tach levers up [Figure 124] until they are
fully raised (wedges fully raised). Figure 126

WARNING
Bob-Tach levers have spring tension. Hold lever
tightly and release slowly. Failure to obey warning
can cause injury.
W-2054-1285

Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING

PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE on
Page 92.)
P-85320C
Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button and release the parking brake.
Figure 127
Figure 125

P-85361A

Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Right

Switch Panel) [Figure 126] until levers (Item 1)
P-85515 [Figure 127] are fully raised (wedges fully raised).

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the loader backward,

away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 125].

108 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Figure 130

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power

Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Installing (Cont’d)

Figure 128

P-85320C

Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Right

Switch Panel) [Figure 130] to make sure the levers are
fully raised (wedges fully raised).

P-31231
NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous
pressurised hydraulic oil to keep the wedges
in the engaged position and prevent
Drive the loader slowly forward until the top edge of the attachment disengagement. Because the
Bob-Tach is completely under the top flange of the bucket wedges can slowly lower, the operator may
mounting frame [Figure 128] (or other attachment). need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES UP) to be sure both wedges are fully
NOTE: Be sure the Bob-Tach levers do not hit the raised before installing the attachment.
attachment.

Figure 129

P-31232

Tilt the Bob-Tach backward until the cutting edge of the

bucket (or other attachment) is slightly off the ground
[Figure 129]. This will cause the bucket mounting frame
to fit up against the front of the Bob-Tach.

109 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D)

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power

Bob-Tach) (Cont’d) WARNING
Installing (Cont’d)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
Figure 131
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208

Removing

Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on the
ground. Lower or close any hydraulic equipment, if
applicable.

If the attachment has electrical, water or hydraulic

connections to the loader:

1. Stop the engine and exit the loader. (See STOPPING

P-85320C
THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE LOADER on Page
103.)
Figure 132

1 WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before you leave the operator’s seat:
P-85360B • Lower the lift arms and put the attachment flat on
the ground.
• Stop the engine.
2
• Engage the parking brake.
• Raise the seat bar.
• Move all controls to the NEUTRAL / LOCKED
position to make sure the lift, tilt and traction
drive functions are deactivated.
P-31233B
The seat bar system must deactivate these functions
when the seat bar is up. See your Bobcat dealer for
Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” switch service if controls do not deactivate.
W-2463-1110
(Right Switch Panel) [Figure 131] until levers are fully
engaged in the locked position [Figure 132] (wedges
fully extended through the attachment mounting frame 2. Disconnect attachment electrical harness and water
holes). or hydraulic lines, if applicable, from the loader. (See
Relieve Auxiliary Hydraulic Pressure (Loader And
Both levers must contact the frame as shown when Attachment) on Page 88.)
locked (Item 1) [Figure 132].

If both levers do not engage in the locked position, see

your Bobcat dealer for maintenance.

The wedges (Item 2) [Figure 132] must extend through

the holes in the mounting frame of the bucket (or other
attachment), securely fastening the bucket to the Bob-
Tach.

110 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENTS (CONT’D) Figure 135

Installing And Removing The Attachment (Power

Bob-Tach) (Cont’d)

Removing (Cont’d)

3. Enter the loader and perform the PRE-STARTING

PROCEDURE. (See PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE
on Page 92.)

4. Start the engine, press the PRESS TO OPERATE

LOADER button and release the parking brake.

Figure 133
P-31231

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward and drive the loader backward,

away from the bucket or attachment [Figure 135].

NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous

pressurised hydraulic oil to keep the wedges
in the engaged position and prevent
attachment disengagement. Because the
wedges can slowly lower, the operator may
need to reactivate the switch (BOB-TACH
WEDGES UP) when removing an attachment
to be sure both wedges are fully raised.
P-85320C

Figure 134

P-85361A

Push and hold BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch (Right

Switch Panel) [Figure 133] until levers (Item 1)
[Figure 134] are fully raised (wedges fully raised).

111 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE Operating Near An Edge Or Water

Inspect The Work Area Keep the loader as far back from the edge as possible
and the loader wheels perpendicular to the edge so that if
Before beginning operation, inspect the work area for part of the edge collapses, the loader can be moved
unsafe conditions. back.

Look for sharp drop-offs or rough terrain. Have Always move the loader back at any indication the edge
underground utility lines (gas, electrical, water, sewer, may be unstable.
irrigation, etc.) located and marked.

Remove objects or other construction material that could

damage the loader or cause personal injury.
WARNING
Always check ground conditions before starting your
work:
MACHINE TIPPING OR ROLL OVER CAN CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
• Inspect for signs of instability such as cracks or
• Keep the lift arms as low as possible.
settlement.
• Do not travel or turn with the lift arms up.
• Turn on level ground. Slow down when turning.
• Be aware of weather conditions that can affect ground
• Go up and down slopes, not across them.
stability.
• Keep the heavy end of the machine uphill.
• Do not overload the machine.
• Check for adequate traction if working on a slope.
• Check for adequate traction.
W-2018-1109

Basic Operating Instructions

Driving On Public Roads
Always warm the engine and hydrostatic system before
operating the loader. When operating on a public road or motorway, always
follow local regulations. For example: Slow Moving
Vehicle Sign or direction signals may be required.

IMPORTANT NOTE: Road kits are available from your Bobcat

dealer to equip your machine for driving on
public roads in European Union (EU)
Machines warmed up with moderate engine speed countries.
and light load have longer life.
I-2015-0284 Always follow local regulations. For more
information, contact your local Bobcat dealer.
Operate the loader with engine at full speed for maximum
horsepower. Move the steering controls only a small
amount to operate the loader slowly.

New operators must operate the loader in an open area

without bystanders. Operate the controls until the loader
can be handled at an efficient and safe rate for all
conditions of the work area.

112 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Operating With An Empty Bucket

Operating With A Full Bucket Figure 138

Figure 136 WITH BUCKET EMPTY

WITH BUCKET FULL

NA1686

NA1678
Going Down Slope

Going Up Slope
Figure 139

Figure 137 WITH BUCKET EMPTY

WITH BUCKET FULL

NA1687

NA1679
Going Up Slope

Going Down Slope

With an empty bucket, go down or up the slope with the
heavy end toward the top of the slope [Figure 138] and
With a full bucket, go up or down the slope with the heavy [Figure 139].
end toward the top of the slope [Figure 136] and
[Figure 137]. Raise the bucket only high enough to avoid obstructions
on rough ground.

113 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Emptying

Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SCPA) Figure 142

Filling

Figure 140 2

1
1 2

NA1697 B-15973

Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
NA1689 B-15973 want to empty the bucket.

Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 142]. Level the bucket
Figure 141 (Item 2) [Figure 142] while raising the lift arms to help
prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.

Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck box or bin.

Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 142]. If all the material

is near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to
1
move it to the other side.

NA1690 B-15973
WARNING
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 140].
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 140] until the can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. forward and cause injury or death.
W-2057-0694

Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket

backward (Item 1) [Figure 141] all the way when the
bucket is full.

Drive backward away from the material.

WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury
or death.
W-2056-0903

114 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Leveling The Ground Using Float (SCPA)

Figure 143

1 2

NA1688A B-15973

Put the lift arms in float position by pushing the pedal all
the way forward (Item 1) [Figure 143] until the pedal is
locked in the forward position.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 143] to change

the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force

on the cutting edge and more loose material can be
moved.

Drive backward to level loose material.

Push the bottom of the lift pedal (Item 3) [Figure 143] to

unlock the float position.

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift
arms is in float position.
I-2005-1285

115 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Filling

Digging And Filling A Hole (SCPA) Figure 146

Digging

Figure 144 1 2

1 2

3 NA1692 B-15973

Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 146] and put the
NA1691 B-15973
cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2)
[Figure 146]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to
push the material into the hole.
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 144]. Put
the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 146] as soon as it
[Figure 144]. is past the edge of the hole.

Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
(Item 2) [Figure 144] until it enters the ground.

Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3)

[Figure 144] to increase traction and keep an even
digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket
is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the
cutting edge of the bucket (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 144]
while driving forward slowly.

Figure 145

NA1685 B-15973

Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 145] as far as it

will go when the bucket is full.

116 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Emptying

Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) Figure 149

Filling

Figure 147
1 2

1 2
P-24820
NA1697 P-24802

Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
P-24820 want to empty the bucket.
NA1689 P-24802

Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 149]. Level the bucket
Figure 148 (Item 2) [Figure 149] while raising the lift arms to help
prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.

Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck box or bin.
1
Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 149]. If all material is
near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to
move it to the other side.

P-24820
NA1690 P-24802
WARNING
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 147].
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 147] until the can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. forward and cause injury or death.
W-2057-0694

Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket

backward (Item 1) [Figure 148] all the way when the
bucket is full.

Drive backward away from the material.

WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury
or death.
W-2056-0903

117 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘H’ Pattern)

Figure 150

4 2 3

P-24820
NA1688A P-24802

Press and hold the float button (Item 1) [Figure 150]

while the joystick is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms
(Item 2) [Figure 150], release the float button.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 150] to change

the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force

on the cutting edge and more loose material can be
moved.

Drive backward to level loose material.

To disengage float, press the float button again or raise

the lift arms (Item 4) [Figure 150].

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift
arms is in float position.
I-2005-1285

118 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Filling

Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘H’ Pattern) Figure 153

Digging

Figure 151

1 2

1 3 2
P-24820
NA1692 P-24802

Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 153] and put the
P-24820 cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2)
NA1691 P-24802
[Figure 153]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to
push the material into the hole.
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 151]. Tilt
the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 151] until the cutting Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 153] as soon as it
edge of the bucket is on the ground. is past the edge of the hole.

Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
(Item 2) [Figure 151] until it enters the ground.

Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3)

[Figure 151] to increase traction and keep an even
digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket
is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the
cutting edge (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 151] while driving
forward.

Figure 152

P-24820
NA1685 P-24802

Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 152] as far as it

will go when the bucket is full.

119 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Emptying

Filling And Emptying The Bucket (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) Figure 156

Filling

Figure 154
2

2 1
P-24820
NA1697 P-24802

Keep the bucket low when moving to the area where you
P-24820 want to empty the bucket.
NA1689 P-24802

Raise the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 156]. Level the bucket
Figure 155 (Item 2) [Figure 156] while raising the lift arms to help
prevent material from falling off the back of the bucket.

Drive forward slowly until the bucket is over the top of the
truck box or bin.
1
Empty the bucket (Item 2) [Figure 156]. If all material is
near the side of the truck or bin, use the bucket tilt to
move it to the other side.

P-24820
NA1690 P-24802
WARNING
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 154].
Never dump over an obstruction, such as a post, that
Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 154] until the can enter the operator cab. The machine could tip
cutting edge of the bucket is on the ground. forward and cause injury or death.
W-2057-0694

Drive slowly forward into the material. Tilt the bucket

backward (Item 1) [Figure 155] all the way when the
bucket is full.

Drive backward away from the material.

WARNING
Load, unload and turn on flat level ground. Do not
exceed Rated Operating Capacity (ROC) shown on
sign (decal) in cab. Failure to obey warnings can
cause the machine to tip or roll over and cause injury
or death.
W-2056-0903

120 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D)

Leveling The Ground Using Float (SJC - ‘ISO’

Pattern)

Figure 157
2

P-24820
NA1688A P-24802

Press and hold the float button (Item 1) [Figure 157]

while the joystick is in neutral. While lowering the lift arms
(Item 2) [Figure 157], release the float button.

Tilt the bucket forward (Item 3) [Figure 157] to change

the position of the cutting edge of the bucket.

With the bucket tilted farther forward, there is more force

on the cutting edge and more loose material can be
moved.

Drive backward to level loose material.

To disengage, press the float button again or raise the lift

arms (Item 4) [Figure 157].

IMPORTANT
Never drive forward when the hydraulic control for lift
arms is in float position.
I-2005-1285

121 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE (CONT’D) Filling

Digging And Filling A Hole (SJC - ‘ISO’ Pattern) Figure 160

Digging
1
Figure 158

1 2

3 2
P-24820
NA1692 P-24802

Lower the lift arms (Item 1) [Figure 160] and put the
P-24820 cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2)
NA1691 P-24802
[Figure 160]. Drive forward to the edge of the hole to
push the material into the hole.
Lower the lift arms all the way (Item 1) [Figure 158]. Put
the cutting edge of the bucket on the ground (Item 2) Tilt the bucket forward (Item 2) [Figure 160] as soon as it
[Figure 158]. is past the edge of the hole.

Drive forward slowly and continue to tilt the bucket down If necessary, raise the lift arms to empty the bucket.
(Item 2) [Figure 158] until it enters the ground.

Tilt the bucket backward a small amount (Item 3)

[Figure 158] to increase traction and keep an even
digging depth. Continue to drive forward until the bucket
is full. When the ground is hard, raise and lower the
cutting edge (Items 2 and 3) [Figure 158] while driving
forward.

Figure 159

P-24820
NA1685 P-24802

Tilt the bucket backward (Item 1) [Figure 159] as far as it

will go when the bucket is full.

122 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

TOWING THE LOADER LIFTING THE LOADER

Procedure Single-Point Lift

Because of the design of the loader, there is not a

recommended towing procedure.

• The loader can be lifted onto a transport vehicle.

WARNING
• The loader can be skidded a short distance to move AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
for service (EXAMPLE: Move onto a transport • Before lifting, check fasteners on single point lift
vehicle.) without damage to the hydrostatic system. and operator cab.
(The tyres will not turn.) There might be slight wear to • Assemble front cab fasteners as shown in this
the tyres when the loader is skidded. manual.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
The towing chain (or cable) must be rated at 1.5 times the 5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2007-0910
weight of the loader. (See Performance on Page 204.)

The loader can be lifted with the Single-Point Lift which is

available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.

The Single-Point Lift, supplied by Bobcat, is designed to

lift and support the Bobcat loader without affecting
rollover and falling object protection features of the
operator cab.

Figure 161

NA5116

Attach lift to lift eye [Figure 161].

NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate

size and capacity for the weight of the loader.
(See Performance on Page 204.)

123 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFTING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Figure 163

Four-Point Lift CORRECT WRONG

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
• Before lifting, check fasteners on four point lift.
• Never allow riders in the cab or bystanders within
5 m (15 ft) while lifting the machine.
W-2160-0910

The loader can be lifted with the Four-Point Lift which is

available as a kit from your Bobcat loader dealer.
NA5138 1 NA5139
Figure 162

Attach cables or chains to lift eyes [Figure 163].

NOTE: Sling legs should not contact any part of the

operator cab or lift arms to prevent damage.

NOTE: The required length of front and rear sling

legs may or may not be equal depending on
loader configuration. Departure angle (Item 1)
[Figure 163] in this view has been exceeded,
sling leg length must be adjusted to prevent
1 this situation.

NOTE: Be sure the lifting equipment is of adequate

NA5137 size and capacity for the weight of the loader.
(See Performance on Page 204.)

NOTE: The loader should be lifted as close to

horizontal as possible, but at no time shall the
angle of the suspended loader exceed the
departure angle (Item 1) [Figure 162] provided
in the specifications section. (See Machine
Dimensions on Page 203.)

124 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A TRAILER Fastening

Loading And Unloading Figure 165

Rear Tie Down Front Tie Down

WARNING
AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Adequately designed ramps of sufficient strength are
needed to support the weight of the machine when
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood ramps can
break and cause personal injury. P-85615A P-85616B
W-2058-0807

Be sure the transport and towing vehicles are of

adequate size and capacity for weight of loader. (See
Performance on Page 204.)

Figure 164

P-90670B

Alternate Rear Tie Down Alternate Front Tie Down

P-90671B

P-85466
P-85717A P-85599A
A loader with an empty bucket or no attachment must be
loaded backward onto the transport vehicle [Figure 164].
Use the following procedure to fasten the Bobcat loader
The rear of the trailer must be blocked or supported (Item to the transport vehicle to prevent the loader from moving
1) [Figure 164] when loading or unloading the loader to during sudden stops or when going up or down slopes
prevent the front end of the trailer from raising up. [Figure 165].

1. Lower the bucket or attachment to the floor.

2. Stop the engine.

3. Engage the parking brake.

4. Install chains at the front and rear loader tie down

positions [Figure 165]. (Lift arms shown raised for
clarity.)

5. Fasten each end of the chain to the transport vehicle.

6. Use chain binders to tighten the chains.

125 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

126 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Inspection Checkbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED - Key ON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions (SJC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Maintaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Inspecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Raising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Cab Door Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Opening And Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

127 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Cleaning And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Evaporator / Heater Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Air Conditioning Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Replacing Filter Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Fuel Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Biodiesel Blend Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Filling The Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Removing Air From The Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

Checking And Adding Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Engine Oil Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155

Maintenance Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Checking Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Removing And Replacing Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Fuse And Relay Location / Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158
Battery Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Removing And Installing Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Checking And Adding Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
Breather Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169

SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

Cleaning Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170

TYRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

Wheel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

128 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Checking And Adding Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Removing And Replacing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Belt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Stop Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Belt Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Lubrication Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Inspection And Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Return To Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

129 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

130 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
 MAINTENANCE SAFETY
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
WARNING signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function after
adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807

Safety Alert Symbol: This symbol with a warning statement, means: “Warning, be alert! Your safety is
involved!” Carefully read the message that follows.

CORRECT CORRECT CORRECT

P-90216 NA1694 NA1693

Never service the Bobcat Skid- Use the correct procedure to lift or Cleaning and maintenance are
Steer Loader without instructions. lower operator cab. required daily.

WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1674 NA1695 NA1680

Have good ventilation when Disconnecting or loosening any Never work on loader with lift
welding or grinding painted hydraulic tubeline, hose, fitting, arms up unless lift arms are held
parts. component or a part failure can by an approved lift arm support
Wear dust mask when grinding cause lift arms to drop. Do not go device. Replace if damaged.
painted parts. Toxic dust and gas under lift arms when raised Never modify equipment or add
can be produced. unless supported by an attachments not approved by
Avoid exhaust fume leaks which approved lift arm support device. Bobcat Company.
can kill without warning. Exhaust Replace it if damaged.
system must be tightly sealed.
WRONG WRONG WRONG

NA1682 NA1683 B-6589

Stop, cool and clean engine of Keep body, jewelry and clothing Lead-acid batteries produce
flammable materials before away from moving parts, flammable and explosive gases.
checking fluids. electrical contact, hot parts and Keep arcs, sparks, flames and
Never service or adjust loader exhaust. lighted tobacco away from
with the engine running unless Wear eye protection to guard batteries.
instructed to do so in the from battery acid, compressed Batteries contain acid which
manual. springs, fluids under pressure burns eyes or skin on contact.
Avoid contact with leaking and flying debris when engines Wear protective clothing. If acid
hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel are running or tools are used. contacts body, flush well with
under pressure. It can penetrate Use eye protection approved for water. For eye contact flush well
the skin or eyes. type of welding. and get immediate medical
Never fill fuel tank with engine Keep rear door closed except for attention.
running, while smoking or when service. Close and latch door
near open flame. before operating the loader.
Maintenance procedures which are given in the Operation & Maintenance Manual can be performed by the owner/
operator without any specific technical training. Maintenance procedures which are not in the Operation & Maintenance
Manual must be performed ONLY BY QUALIFIED BOBCAT SERVICE PERSONNEL. Always use genuine Bobcat
replacement parts. The Service Safety Training Course is available from your Bobcat dealer.
MSW39-0609

131 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

132 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
SERVICE SCHEDULE
Chart
Maintenance work must be done at regular intervals. Failure to do so will result in excessive wear and early failures. The
service schedule is a guide for correct maintenance of the Bobcat loader.
Instructions are necessary before operating or servicing machine. Read and
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator’s Handbook and
signs (decals) on machine. Follow warnings and instructions in the manuals
WARNING when making repairs, adjustments or servicing. Check for correct function
after adjustments, repairs or service. Untrained operators and failure to follow
instructions can cause injury or death. W-2003-0807

SERVICE SCHEDULE HOURS

[4] [4] [4]
ITEM SERVICE REQUIRED
8-10 50 100 250 500 1000
Engine Oil Check the oil level and add as needed. Do not overfill.
Check display panel. Service only when required. Check for leaks and
Engine Air Filter and Air System
damaged components.
Clean debris from oil cooler, radiator and grille. Check coolant level COLD and
Engine Cooling System
add premixed coolant as needed.
Fuel Filter Remove the trapped water.
Lift Arms, Lift Links, Cylinders,
Lubricate with multipurpose lithium based grease.
Bob-Tach, Pivot Pins, Wedges
Check for damaged tyres and correct air pressure. Inflate to MAXIMUM
Tyres
pressure shown on the sidewall of the tyre.
Check the condition of seat belt. Clean or replace seat belt retractors as
Seat Bar, Control Interlocks, Seat
needed. Check the seat bar and control interlocks for correct operation. Clean
Belt, Seat Belt Retractors
dirt and debris from moving parts.
Bobcat Interlock Control Systems Check for correct function. Lift and Tilt functions MUST NOT operate with seat
(BICS™) bar raised. See details in this Manual.
Front Horn Check for proper function.
Check for damaged signs (decals) and safety treads. Replace any signs or
Safety Signs and Safety Treads
safety treads that are damaged or worn.
Operator Cab Check the fastening bolts, washers and nuts. Check the condition of the cab.
Indicators and Lights Check for correct operation of all indicators and lights.
Heater and Air Conditioning
Clean or replace filters as needed.
Filters (If Equipped)
Hydraulic Fluid Check fluid level and add as needed.
Hydraulic Hoses and Tubelines Check for damage and leaks. Repair or replace as needed.
Final Drive Transmission
Check fluid level and add as needed.
(Chaincase)
Parking Brake, Foot Pedals and
Check for correct operation. Repair or adjust as needed.
Steering Handles or Joysticks
Check for loose wheel nuts and tighten to correct torque. (See TYRE
Wheel Nuts
MAINTENANCE in this manual.) [1]
Spark Arrester Muffler Clean the spark chamber.
Battery Check cables, connections and electrolyte level. Add distilled water as needed.
Fuel Filter Replace filter element.
Engine / Hydrostatic Drive Belt Check for wear or damage. Check idler arm stop. [2]
Drive Belts (Alternator, air
Check condition. Replace as needed.
conditioning, water pump)
Bobcat Interlock Control System
Check the function of the lift arm bypass control.
(BICS™)
Engine Oil and Filter Replace oil and filter. [2] [3]
Hydraulic Charge Filter,
Replace the charge filter and the reservoir breather.
Hydraulic Reservoir Breather
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Filter Replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter.
Final Drive Transmission
Replace the fluid.
(Chaincase)
Hydraulic Reservoir Replace the fluid.
Engine Valves Adjust the engine valves.
Coolant Replace the coolant Every 2 years
[1] Check every 8 - 10 hours for the first 24 hours, then at 50 hour intervals.
[2] Perform at first 50 hours, then as scheduled.
[3] Change oil and filter every 100 hours when operating under severe conditions.
[4] Or every 12 months.

NOTE: The Inspection Checkbook can be ordered for you by your local dealer. Part number 4420300.

133 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SERVICE SCHEDULE (CONT’D) BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™)

Inspection Checkbook Inspecting The BICS™ (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)

Regularly scheduled maintenance is essential to Figure 166

continuous operation and operating safety. The life
expectancy of your machine depends on proper and
meticulous care. 1 2 3

The Inspection Checkbook contains the following

information:

Doosan Benelux S.A. Warranty Conditions

4
Protection Plus Extended Warranty Conditions
General Parts Policy
General Information
First Inspection 5
Scheduled Services
Identification
6
Authorised Identification
P-85413E
Lubricants and Fluids Table
Service Parts Chart
1. Sit in operator’s seat. Turn key switch to RUN or press
Your local dealer can order the Inspection Checkbook. RUN button. Lower seat bar and disengage parking
Part number: 4420300. brake. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button (Item 6). Two BICS™ lights (Items 1 and 2)
[Figure 166] [SEAT BAR and LIFT AND TILT VALVE]
on left instrument panel must be OFF. The PRESS
TO OPERATE LOADER button will light.

2. Raise seat bar fully. All three BICS™ lights (Items 1,

2 and 3) [Figure 166] [SEAT BAR, LIFT AND TILT
VALVE and PARKING BRAKE] on left instrument
panel must be ON. The PRESS TO OPERATE
LOADER button light will turn OFF.

Inspecting Deactivation Of The Auxiliary Hydraulics

System (Engine STOPPED - Key ON)

3. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar and press the

PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button (Item 6).
Press the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 5). The
auxiliary hydraulics light will be ON (Item 4)
[Figure 166]. Raise the seat bar. The light must be
OFF.

134 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM (BICS™) Inspecting Deactivation Of Lift And Tilt Functions
(CONT’D) (SJC)
Inspecting The Seat Bar Sensor (Engine RUNNING) 9. Sit in operator’s seat and fasten seat belt. Lower seat
bar, start engine and press the PRESS TO OPERATE
4. Sit in operator’s seat, lower seat bar, engage parking LOADER button.
brake and fasten seat belt.
10. Raise lift arms about 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.
5. Start engine and operate at low idle. Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button. While raising 11. Turn key switch OFF or press STOP button and wait
the lift arms, raise the seat bar fully. The lift arms must for the engine to come to a complete stop.
stop. Repeat using the tilt function.
12. Turn key switch ON or press RUN button. Press the
Inspecting The Traction Lock (Engine RUNNING) PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button, move the
joystick to lower the lift arms. Lift arms must not lower.
6. Fasten seat belt, disengage parking brake, press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button and raise 13. Move the joystick to tilt the bucket (or attachment)
seat bar fully. Move steering handles or joystick(s) forward. The bucket (or attachment) must not tilt
slowly forward and backward. The TRACTION lock forward.
must be engaged. Lower the seat bar. Press the
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button.

7. Engage parking brake and move steering handles or

joystick(s) slowly forward and backward. The
TRACTION lock must be engaged.
WARNING
NOTE: The PARKING BRAKE light on the left AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
instrument panel will remain ON until the The Bobcat Interlock Control System (BICS™) must
engine is started, the PRESS TO OPERATE deactivate the lift, tilt and traction drive functions. If it
LOADER button is pressed and the parking does not, contact your dealer for service. DO NOT
brake is disengaged. modify the system.
W-2151-1111

Inspecting The Lift Arm Bypass Control

8. Raise the lift arms 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. Stop

engine. Turn lift arm bypass control knob 90°
clockwise. Pull up and hold lift arm bypass control
knob until lift arms slowly lower.

135 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM Maintaining

Description See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for correct service

interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 133.)
The Seat Bar Restraint System has a pivoting seat bar
with armrests. Figure 167

The operator controls the use of the seat bar. The seat 2
bar in the down position helps to keep the operator in the
seat.

Models with Standard Controls with Power Assist

(SCPA) have hydraulic valve spool interlocks for the lift
and tilt functions. The spool interlocks require the
operator to lower the seat bar in order to operate the foot 1
pedal controls.

When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the

PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive
functions can be operated. P-90643A

When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt control pedals are Use compressed air to clean any debris or dirt from the
locked when returned to the NEUTRAL position. pivot parts. Do not lubricate. Inspect all mounting
hardware. The correct hinge bolt (Item 1) torque is 34 -
Models with Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC) have 38 N•m (25 - 28 ft-lb). The seat bar sensor nut (left side
electrical deactivation of lift and tilt functions. Activation of only) (Item 2) [Figure 167] torque is 6 - 8 N•m (50 - 70 in-
functions require the operator to lower the seat bar. lb).
When the seat bar is down, the engine is running, the
If the seat bar system does not function correctly, replace
PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button is activated, and
parts that are worn or damaged. Use only genuine Bobcat
the brake is released, the lift, tilt, and traction drive
replacement parts.
functions can be operated.

When the seat bar is up, the lift and tilt functions are
deactivated even though the joysticks do not
mechanically lock. WARNING
Inspecting The seat bar system must deactivate the lift and tilt
control functions when the seat bar is up. See your
Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the Bobcat dealer for service if hydraulic controls do not
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start deactivate.
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER W-2465-111
button.

Operate the hydraulic controls to check that both the lift

and tilt functions operate correctly. Raise the lift arms
until the attachment is about 600 mm (2 ft) off the ground.

Raise the seat bar. Move the hydraulic controls. Pedals (if
equipped) must be firmly locked in the NEUTRAL
position. There must be no motion of the lift arms or tilt
(attachment) when the controls are moved.

Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE

LOADER button and lower the lift arms. Operate the lift
control. While the lift arms are going up, raise the seat
bar. The lift arms must stop.

Lower the seat bar, press the PRESS TO OPERATE

LOADER button, lower the lift arms and put the
attachment flat on the ground. Stop the engine. Raise the
seat bar. Operate the foot pedals (if equipped) to be sure
they are firmly locked in the NEUTRAL position.

136 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SEAT BELT Figure 168

Inspection And Maintenance 1

WARNING 3

Failure to properly inspect and maintain the seat belt

can cause lack of operator restraint resulting in
serious injury or death.
W-2466-0703

Check the seat belt daily for correct function. 2 4

Inspect the seat belt system thoroughly at least once

each year or more often if the machine is exposed to
severe environmental conditions or applications.

Any seat belt system that shows cuts, fraying, extreme or

unusual wear, significant discolourations due to
ultraviolet UV exposure, dusty / dirty conditions, abrasion
to the seat belt webbing, or damage to the buckle, latch
plate, retractor (if equipped), hardware or any other
obvious problem should be replaced immediately.
B-22283

The items below are referenced in [Figure 168].

1. Check the webbing. If the system is equipped with a

retractor, pull the webbing completely out and inspect
the full length of the webbing. Look for cuts, wear,
fraying, dirt and stiffness.

2. Check the buckle and latch for correct operation.

Make sure latch plate is not excessively worn,
deformed or buckle is not damaged or casing broken.

3. Check the retractor web storage device (if equipped)

by extending webbing to determine if it looks correct
and that it spools out and retracts webbing correctly.

4. Check webbing in areas exposed to ultraviolet (UV)

rays from the sun or extreme dust or dirt. If the original
colour of the webbing in these areas is extremely
faded and / or the webbing is packed with dirt, the
webbing strength may have deteriorated.

See your Bobcat dealer for seat belt system replacement

parts for your machine.

137 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE Figure 169

Installing

WARNING 1

Never work on a machine with the lift arms up unless

the lift arms are secured by an approved lift arm
support device. Failure to use an approved lift arm
support device can allow the lift arms or attachment
to fall and cause injury or death.

Service lift arm support device if damaged or if parts

are missing. Using a damaged lift arm support or P-85463A P-90672A
with missing parts can cause lift arms to drop
causing injury or death.
W-2572-0407 Put jackstands under the rear corners of the loader frame
(Inset) [Figure 169].

Remove the lift arm support device (Item 1) [Figure 169]

from the storage position.
DANGER The operator must stay in the operator seat with the seat
belt fastened and the seat bar lowered until the lift arm
support device is installed.

Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.

Figure 170

P-90328

AVOID DEATH
• Disconnecting or loosening any hydraulic
tubeline, hose, fitting, component or a part failure
can cause lift arms to drop.
• Keep out of this area when lift arms are raised
unless supported by an approved lift arm
support. Replace if damaged.
D-1009-0409

Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And

Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on
P-90677A
Page 106.) OR (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 108.)
Have a second person install the lift arm support device
over the rod of one of the lift cylinders [Figure 170].

The lift arm support device must be tight against the

cylinder rod.

138 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE (CONT’D) Removing

Installing (Cont’d) The operator must be in the operator’s seat, with the seat
belt fastened and seat bar lowered, until the lift arm
Figure 171 support device is removed and the lift arms are lowered
all the way.

Start the engine and raise the lift arms all the way up.

Have a second person remove the lift arm support

device.

Lower the lift arms all the way and stop the engine.
P-90640B
Return the lift arm support device to the storage position
and secure with clamping knobs.

Remove the jackstands.

P-90640C

Lower the lift arms slowly until the lift arm support device
is held between the lift arms and the lift cylinder
[Figure 171]. The tabs of the lift arm support device must
go past the end of the cylinder (Inset) [Figure 171].

139 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM Inspecting

This machine may be equipped with a Back-up Alarm. Figure 172

Description

The back-up alarm will sound when the operator moves

both steering handles or joystick(s) into the reverse
position. Slight movement of the controls into the reverse
position is required with hydrostatic transmissions, before
the back-up alarm will sound.

P-90644A

Inspect for damaged or missing back-up alarm decal

(Item 1) [Figure 172]. Replace if required.

Sit in the seat and fasten the seat belt. Engage the
parking brake. Pull the seat bar all the way down. Start
the engine. Press the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER
button. Disengage the parking brake.

Move both steering handles or joystick(s) into the reverse

position. The back-up alarm must sound when all wheels
or both tracks are moving in reverse.

The back-up alarm is located on the inside of the rear

door.

Figure 173

2
P100048

Inspect the back-up alarm electrical connections (Item 1)

and wire harness (Item 2) [Figure 173] for tightness and
damage. Repair or replace any damaged components.

NOTE: See your Bobcat dealer for service if your

back-up alarm does not sound.

140 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATOR CAB Figure 174

Description

The Bobcat loader has an operator cab (ROPS and

FOPS) as standard equipment to protect the operator
from rollover and falling objects. The seat belt must be
worn for rollover protection.

Check the cab, mounting, and hardware for damage.

Never modify the cab. Replace the cab and hardware if
damaged. See your Bobcat dealer for parts.

ROPS - Roll-Over Protective Structure per ISO 3471 and P-85463A

FOPS - Falling-Object Protective Structure per ISO 3449,

Level I. Level II is available.
Install jackstands under the rear of the loader frame
[Figure 174].
Level I
Figure 175
Protection from falling bricks, small concrete blocks,
and hand tools encountered in operations such as Hardware Installed Hardware Removed
motorway maintenance, landscaping, and other
construction sites.

Level II

Protection from falling trees, rocks: for machines

involved in site clearing, overhead demolition or
forestry.

WARNING
P100235A P100236A
Never modify operator cab by welding, grinding,
drilling holes or adding attachments unless
instructed to do so by Bobcat Company. Changes to Remove the nuts and washers [Figure 175] (both sides)
the cab can cause loss of operator protection from at the front corners of the operator cab.
rollover and falling objects, and result in injury or
death.
W-2069-0200

Raising

Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the

operator cab.

Stop the loader on a level surface. Lower the lift arms. If

the lift arms must be up while raising the operator cab,
install the lift arm support device. (See LIFT ARM
SUPPORT DEVICE on Page 138.)

141 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Support the operator cab and release the latching
mechanism (Inset) [Figure 177]. Remove your hand
Raising (Cont’d) from the latch mechanism when the operator cab is past
the latch stop. Use both hands to lower the operator cab
Figure 176 all the way down.

WARNING
PINCH POINT CAN CAUSE INJURY
Remove your hand from the latching mechanism
when the cab is past the latch stop.
W-2469-0803

Figure 178

P-90564B Hardware Removed Hardware Installed

Lift on the grab handles and bottom of the operator cab

[Figure 176] slowly until the operator cab is all the way
up and the latching mechanism engages.

Lowering

Always stop the engine before raising or lowering the

operator cab.

NOTE: Always use the grab handles to lower the

operator cab.
P100236A P100235A

Figure 177
Install the washers and nuts (both sides) [Figure 178].

Tighten the nuts to 54 - 61 N•m (40 - 45 ft-lb) torque.

N-20120 P-90565A

Pull down on the bottom of the operator cab until it stops

at the latching mechanism [Figure 177].

NOTE: The weight of the operator cab increases

when equipped with options and accessories
such as cab door, heater, air conditioning,
etc. In these cases, the operator cab may need
to be raised slightly from the latch to be able
to release the latch.

142 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATOR CAB (CONT’D) Figure 181

Cab Door Sensor

This machine may be equipped with a Cab Door Sensor.

Figure 179

P-76461Q

The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 180] will
be ON when the door is open, the key switch is turned to
RUN or the RUN button is pressed, the seat bar is
1 lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button
is pressed.

[DOOR] will appear in the data display [Figure 181].

P-68116B

The cab door has a sensor (Item 1) [Figure 179]

installed which deactivates the lift and tilt valves when the
door is open.

Figure 180

P-90726J

The LIFT AND TILT VALVE light (Item 1) [Figure 180] will
be OFF when the door is closed, the key switch is turned
to RUN or the RUN button is pressed, the seat bar is
lowered and the PRESS TO OPERATE LOADER button
is pressed.

143 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) Adjusting

Opening And Closing Figure 184

Figure 182

P-85698B

P100043A P-85301A
The door latch (Item 1) [Figure 184] can be adjusted up
or down for alignment with the door latch mechanism.
Reach into the slot on the right side of the rear door and
pull the latch handle (Item 1) [Figure 182]. Close the rear door before operating the loader.

Pull the rear door open.

Figure 183

2
P-85446 P-85447

The rear door is equipped with a door stop feature on the

top hinge.

Move the door stop into the engaged position (Item 1)

[Figure 183] to hold the door open.

Move the door stop up (Item 2) [Figure 183] to

disengage the door stop and allow the door to close.

Close the rear door.

WARNING
Keep the rear door closed when operating the
machine. Failure to do so could seriously injure a
bystander.
W-2020-1285

144 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

REAR GRILLE Installing

Removing Figure 187

Figure 185

P100807

P100808
Align the tabs of the two side covers into the slots in the
loader frame and lower [Figure 187].
Flip the lockable handle (Item 1) [Figure 185] up and
turn the handle 90° anticlockwise. Lift and pull the rear Figure 188
grille backward to remove from the loader.

Figure 186

P-85604

Align the edge of the rear grille under the loader frame
P100809A and slide rear grille in while lowering [Figure 188].

Turn the lockable handle 90° clockwise and fold the

Lift and remove the two side covers (Item 1) handle down [Figure 185].
[Figure 186].

145 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Recirculation Filter (Earlier Models)
(HVAC)
Figure 190
This machine may be equipped with a Heating System or
HVAC.

Cleaning And Maintenance 1

The heating and HVAC systems require regular

inspection and maintenance. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 133.)

Filters
2
Fresh Air Filters
P-90490A
Figure 189

The recirculation filter is located behind the operator’s

seat inside the operator cab. Flip the clamps (Item 1)
holding the filter up and remove the filter (Item 2)
[Figure 190].
3
Shake the filter or use a vacuum to clean. This can be
done several times before replacement is required.

2 Install the filter into the opening and flip the clamps down
1 to hold the filter in place.

Recirculation Filter (Later Models)

P-90489A P-90492A Figure 191

The fresh air filters are located behind the side windows
outside the operator cab. (Right side shown) Remove the
retaining screw (Item 1) and filter cover (Item 2)
[Figure 189].

Shake the filter (Item 3) [Figure 189] or use low pressure

air to remove dirt. This can be done several times before
replacement is required. Install the filter, filter cover and
retaining screw.

1
P100755

The recirculation filter is located behind the operator’s

seat inside the operator cab. The filter cover is held in
place with three clips. Pull the cover at each end (Item 1)
[Figure 191] to remove.

Rinse the filter elements with water or use a vacuum to

clean. Do not use solvents.

Line up the clips on the filter cover with the slots provided
and push the cover into place.

146 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING Later Models
(HVAC) (CONT’D)
Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 141.)
Evaporator / Heater Coil
Figure 194
Earlier Models

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 141.)

Figure 192

P100756

Unhook cover latches (Item 1) [Figure 194] and remove

the cover.
P-90419A
Figure 195

Remove cover screws (Item 1) [Figure 192] and remove

the cover.
1
Figure 193

1
2

P100757

2
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the
heater coil (Item 1) and evaporator (Item 2) [Figure 195].
P-90420A
Install the cover and lower the operator cab. (See
Lowering on Page 142.)
Use low pressure air or water to remove debris from the
heater coil (Item 1) and evaporator (Item 2) [Figure 193].

Install the cover and lower the operator cab. (See

Lowering on Page 142.)

147 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING AIR CLEANER SERVICE
(HVAC) (CONT’D)
Replacing Filter Elements
Condenser
Figure 196
The condenser should be cleaned with the oil cooler and
the radiator. (See Cleaning on Page 155.)
2
Air Conditioning Lubrication

Run the air conditioning for about five minutes every

week to lubricate the internal components. 3

Troubleshooting 1

If the fan does not run, or the air conditioning does not
turn on, check the fuse. (See Fuse And Relay Location / NA3178
Identification on Page 158.) If the air conditioning system
circulates warm air, the refrigerant may need to be
recharged. It is important to change the air filter element only when
necessary. The service indicator (Item 1) will FLASH.
Press the information button (Item 3) until the display
screen (Item 2) shows the service codes. Service code
[M0117] (Air Filter Plugged) will show in the display
screen (Item 2) [Figure 196] when air filter change is
necessary.

Replace the inner filter every third time the outer filter is
replaced or as indicated.

Outer Filter

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page

145.)

NOTE: The coolant tank can be raised to facilitate

access to the air cleaner.

Figure 197

2
1

P100229

Open the latches (Item 2) and remove the cover (Item 1)

[Figure 197].

148 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

AIR CLEANER SERVICE (CONT’D) Figure 199

Replacing Filter Elements (Cont’d)

Outer Filter (Cont’d)

Figure 198

P-90646

Remove the inner filter element (Item 1) [Figure 199].

1
NOTE: Make sure the filter housing is free of dirt and
debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean.
P-90647 DO NOT use compressed air.

Install new inner filter element. Push all the way in until it
Pull the outer filter element (Item 1) [Figure 198] out and contacts the base of the housing.
discard.
Install the outer filter element [Figure 198].
NOTE: Make sure the filter housing is free of dirt and
debris. Verify that sealing surfaces are clean. Figure 200
DO NOT use compressed air.

Install new filter element. Push all the way in until it

contacts the base of the housing.

Install the cover and secure the latches [Figure 197].

NOTE: Ensure the intake hose is connected to the

fitting on the fan housing (Inset) [Figure 200].
2
NOTE: Ensure the coolant tank is secured into the
coolant tank bracket.

Install the rear grille. 1

P100229
Inner Filter

Only replace the inner filter element under the following Install the cover (Item 1) and secure the latches (Item 2)
conditions: [Figure 200].

• Replace the inner filter element every third time the NOTE: Ensure the intake hose is connected to the
outer filter is replaced. fitting on the fan housing (Inset) [Figure 200].

• After the outer element has been replaced, start the NOTE: Ensure the coolant tank is secured into the
engine and run at full rpm. If service code [M0117] coolant tank bracket.
(Air Filter Plugged) is still displayed in the data
display, replace the inner filter element. Install the rear grille.

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page

145.)

Remove the cover [Figure 197] and the outer filter

element [Figure 198].

149 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FUEL SYSTEM Biodiesel Blend Fuel

Fuel Specifications Biodiesel blend fuel has unique qualities that should be
considered before using in this machine:
Use only clean, high quality diesel fuel, Grade No. 2 or
Grade No. 1. • Cold weather conditions can lead to plugged fuel
system components and hard starting.
The following is one suggested blending guideline which
should prevent fuel gelling during cold temperatures: • Biodiesel blend fuel is an excellent medium for
microbial growth and contamination which can cause
TEMPERATURE NO. 2 NO. 1 corrosion and plugging of fuel system components.
-9°C (+15°F) 100% 0% • Use of biodiesel blend fuel may result in premature
Down to -29°C (-20°F) 50% 50% failure of fuel system components, such as plugged
Below -29°C (-20°F) 0% 100% fuel filters and deteriorated fuel lines.

• Shorter maintenance intervals may be required, such

At a minimum, low sulfur diesel fuel must be used in this
as cleaning the fuel system and replacing fuel filters
machine. Low sulfur is defined as 500 mg/kg (500 ppm)
and fuel lines.
sulfur maximum.
• Using biodiesel blended fuels containing more than
The following fuels may also be used in this machine:
five percent biodiesel can affect engine life and cause
deterioration of hoses, tubelines, injectors, injector
• Ultra low sulfur diesel fuel. Ultra low sulfur is defined
pump and seals.
as 15 mg/kg (15 ppm) sulfur maximum.
Apply the following guidelines if biodiesel blend fuel is
• Biodiesel blend fuel - Must contain no more than five
used:
percent biodiesel mixed with low sulfur or ultra low
sulfur petroleum based diesel. This is commonly
• Ensure the fuel tank is as full as possible at all times
marketed as B5 blended diesel fuel. B5 blended
to prevent moisture from collecting in the fuel tank.
diesel fuel must meet ASTM D975 (US Standard) or
EN590 (EU Standard) specifications.
• Ensure that the fuel tank cap is securely tightened.

• Biodiesel blend fuel can damage painted surfaces,

remove all spilled fuel from painted surfaces
immediately.

• Drain all water from the fuel filter daily before

operating the machine.

• Do not exceed engine oil change interval. Extended

oil change intervals can cause engine damage.

• Before vehicle storage; drain the fuel tank, refill with

100% petroleum diesel fuel, add fuel stabiliser and
run the engine for at least 30 minutes.

NOTE: Biodiesel blend fuel does not have long term

stability and should not be stored for more
than three months.

150 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 202

Filling The Fuel Tank WRONG

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Stop and cool the engine before adding fuel. NO
SMOKING! Failure to obey warnings can cause an
explosion or fire.
W-2063-0807

Open the rear door. NA1684

Figure 201
Use a clean, approved safety container to add fuel of the
correct specification. Add fuel only in an area that has
free movement of air and no open flames or sparks. NO
SMOKING! [Figure 202].

1 Install and tighten the fuel cap (Item 1) [Figure 201].

Close the rear door.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P100035A
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 201]. Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

151 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FUEL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Removing Air From The Fuel System

Fuel Filter After replacing the filter element or when the fuel tank
has run out of fuel, the air must be removed from the fuel
Follow the service interval for removing water from, or system before starting the engine.
replacing the fuel filter. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 133.)

Removing Water
WARNING
Figure 203
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

2
Figure 204
1

1
P-90653A

Loosen the drain (Item 1) [Figure 203] at the bottom of

the filter element to remove water from the filter.

Replacing Element

Remove the filter element (Item 2) [Figure 203]. 2

Clean the area around the filter housing. Put clean oil on
the seal of the new filter element. Install the fuel filter, and
hand tighten. P100780

Remove air from the fuel system. (See Removing Air

From The Fuel System on Page 152.) Open the vent (Item 1) [Figure 204] on the fuel filter
housing.

Squeeze the hand pump (priming bulb) (Item 2)

WARNING [Figure 204] until fuel flows from the vent with no air
bubbles.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH Close the vent (Item 1) [Figure 204].

Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

152 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM Engine Oil Chart

Checking And Adding Engine Oil Figure 206

ENGINE OIL
Check the engine oil level every day before starting the RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER
engine for the work shift. (LUBRICATION OILS FOR DIESEL ENGINE
CRANKCASE)
Figure 205

P-90654A

TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED BEFORE

Park the machine on level ground. Open the rear door NEXT OIL CHANGE (DIESEL ENGINES MUST USE API
and remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 205]. CLASSIFICATION CI-4 OR BETTER)
[1] Synthetic Oil - Use recommendation from Synthetic
Keep the oil level between the marks on the dipstick. Do Oil Manufacturer.
not overfill.
Use good quality engine oil that meets API Service
Remove the oil fill cap (Item 2) [Figure 205] to add Classification of CI-4 or better [Figure 206].
engine oil.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

153 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM (CONT’D) Install and tighten the oil drain cap [Figure 208].

Removing And Replacing Oil And Filter Install the cover and the cover mounting bolts
[Figure 207]. Tighten all bolts.
For the service interval for replacing the engine oil and
filter (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 133.) Figure 209

Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop

the engine.

Figure 207 2

3
1

P-90654A

2
Open the rear door, remove the oil filter (Item 2)
[Figure 209] and clean the filter housing surface.
3 P-90497A
P-90499A
Use genuine Bobcat filter only.

The oil drain hose is located behind a cover under the Put clean oil on the new filter gasket, install the filter and
right rear corner of the loader (Inset) [Figure 207]. hand tighten.

Remove two cover mounting bolts (Item 1) [Figure 207]. Remove the oil fill cap (Item 3) [Figure 209].

Loosen one cover mounting bolt (Item 2), slide the cover Put oil in the engine and replace the fill cap. For the
(Item 3) [Figure 207] to the rear of the loader and correct quantity (See Capacities on Page 207.) Do not
remove. overfill.

Figure 208 Start the engine and let it run for several minutes. Stop
the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Remove the dipstick (Item 1) [Figure 209] and check the

oil level.

Add oil as needed if it is not at the top mark on the

dipstick. Install the dipstick and close the rear door.

WARNING
1
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P-90498A
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
Remove the oil drain cap (Item 1) [Figure 208] from the explosion or fire.
oil drain hose and drain the oil into a container. Recycle W-2103-0508
or dispose of used oil in an environmentally safe manner.

154 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM Loaders With Air Conditioning

Check the cooling system every day to prevent over- Figure 211
heating, loss of performance or engine damage.

Maintenance Platform 1

Figure 210

2 2

1 P107095

Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of

the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) [Figure 211].

P100039A The area between the air conditioning condenser and the
oil cooler will require occasional cleaning. Remove the
bolts (Item 2) and the brackets (Item 3) [Figure 211].
A maintenance platform (Item 1) [Figure 210] is available
from your Bobcat dealer to facilitate access when
Figure 212
cleaning the engine cooling system.

1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury when any
of the following conditions exist:
• When fluids are under pressure. 2
• Flying debris or loose material is present.
• Engine is running.
• Tools are being used.
W-2019-0907
P107095A

Cleaning
NOTE: Be careful when raising and lowering the air
Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page conditioning condenser so that the air
145.) conditioning condenser does not fall on the
oil cooler and damage the fins.

Raise the air conditioning condenser (Item 1) and use

low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of the
oil cooler (Item 2) [Figure 212].

Lower the air conditioning condenser (Item 1)

[Figure 212]. Install the brackets (Item 3) [Figure 211]
and the bolts (Item 2) [Figure 211].

155 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) All Loaders

Cleaning (Cont’d) Unhook the two rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 213].

Loaders Without Air Conditioning Figure 214

Figure 213

2
3

2
P100327

P100779
Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) until the bar (Item 2) drops
into place to support the oil cooler. Use low air pressure
Use low air pressure or water pressure to clean the top of or water pressure to clean the top of the radiator (Item 3)
the oil cooler (Item 1) [Figure 213]. [Figure 214].

Raise the bar (Item 2) [Figure 214] slightly and lower the
oil cooler. Fasten the two rubber straps [Figure 213].

Check the cooling system for leaks.

Install the rear grille.

156 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM (CONT’D) Removing And Replacing Coolant

Checking Level For the service interval for replacing the engine
coolant (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 133.)
Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page
145.) Open the rear door and remove the rear grille.

Figure 215 Remove the coolant fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 215].

Figure 216

2
1

P100330A

P-90657A
Check coolant level using the level markers (Item 2)
[Figure 215] on the tank. Coolant must be between top
and bottom level markers when the engine is cold. Attach a hose to the coolant drain petcock (Item 1)
[Figure 216] located to the left of the oil filter assembly.
NOTE: The loader is factory filled with propylene Open the petcock and drain the coolant into a container.
glycol coolant (purple colour). DO NOT mix Close the petcock and remove the hose. Recycle or
propylene glycol with ethylene glycol. dispose of coolant in an environmentally safe manner.

Use a refractometer to check the condition of propylene Close the rear door.
glycol in your cooling system.
Mix new coolant in a separate container. (See Capacities
Install the rear grille. on Page 207.)

The correct mixture of coolant to provide a -37°C (-34°F)

freeze protection is 5 L propylene glycol mixed with 4,4 L

IMPORTANT of water OR 1 U.S. gal propylene glycol mixed with 3.5 qt

of water.

AVOID ENGINE DAMAGE Add premixed coolant, 47% water and 53% propylene
Always use the correct ratio of water to antifreeze. glycol to the coolant tank until the coolant level reaches
the lower marker on the tank [Figure 215].
Too much antifreeze reduces cooling system
efficiency and may cause serious premature engine Install the coolant fill cap.
damage.
NOTE: When installing the coolant fill cap, the cap
Too little antifreeze reduces the additives which must be tightened until it clicks.
protect the internal engine components; reduces the
boiling point and freeze protection of the system. Run the engine until it is at operating temperature. Stop
the engine. Check the coolant level when cool. Add
Always add a premixed solution. Adding full strength coolant as needed.
concentrated coolant can cause serious premature
engine damage. Install the rear grille.
I-2124-0497

157 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Fuse And Relay Location / Identification

Description Earlier Models

Figure 217 Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 141.)

Figure 218

P-13849

P-90658 1

P-85411
The loader has a 12 volt, negative earth, alternator
charging system.
The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses
The electrical system is protected by fuses located in the and relays located under three fuse panel covers (Item 1)
operator cab (located under the operator cab in earlier [Figure 218].
models) and a 100 ampere master fuse [Figure 217]
located above the battery in the engine compartment. Figure 219

The fuses will protect the electrical system when there is

an electrical overload. The reason for the overload must
be found before starting the engine again.

P-85412

Remove the covers to check or replace the fuses

[Figure 219].

A decal is located inside the large cover to show location

and amperage ratings.

A table is provided with details on amperage ratings and

circuits affected by each fuse and relay. (See Figure 223
on Page 160.)

158 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 222

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)

Later Models

Figure 220

P100416

Remove the covers to check or replace the fuses

1
[Figure 222].

P100414 A decal is located inside the access panel to show

location and amperage ratings.

The fuse / relay panels are located behind an access Line up the clips on the back of the access panel with the
panel near the left foot pedal / footrest. Pull the panel at slots provided and push the panel into place when
each end (Item 1) [Figure 220] to remove. finished [Figure 220]. A locating pin prevents the panel
from being installed upside down.
Figure 221
A table is provided with details on amperage ratings and
circuits affected by each fuse and relay. (See Figure 223
on Page 160.)

P100415

The electrical system is protected from overload by fuses

and relays located under three fuse panel covers (Item 1)
[Figure 221].

159 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Fuse And Relay Location / Identification (Cont’d)

Figure 223

1 13 21 25
17
5 7 9 11
2 22 26
14 18

3 15 19 23 27
6 8 10 12
4 16 20 24 28

NA3151

The location and amperage ratings are shown in the table below and on the decal [Figure 223]. Relays are identified by
the letter “R” in the AMP column.

REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP REF ICON DESCRIPTION AMP

1 Alternator 15 11 Glow Plugs R 21 Bobcat Controller 25

2 Heater / HVAC 25 12 Fuel Shutoff R 22 ACS Controller 25

Cab Switched
3 Front Lights 20 13 5 23 Attachments 25
Power

4 Rear Lights 15 14 Bucket Position 15 24 Not Used --

Auxiliary
5 Starter R 15 Wiper / Washer 25 25 25
Controller

Drive Controller
6 Front Lights R 16 Switched Power 25 26 and Back-up 25
Alarm

Accessories and
7 Heater / HVAC R 17 Switched Power 25 27 25
Front Horn

8 Rear Lights R 18 Switched Power 25 28 Power Port 15

9 Switched Power R 19 Traction 30

10 Traction R 20 Fuel Shutoff 30

160 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D)

Battery Maintenance

Figure 224

P-09589 P-09590

The battery cables must be clean and tight [Figure 224].

Check electrolyte level in the battery. Add distilled water
as needed. Remove acid or corrosion from battery and
cables with sodium bicarbonate (baking soda) and water
solution.

Put Bobcat Battery Saver or grease on the battery

terminals and cable ends to prevent corrosion.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.

In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.

If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities

of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention.
W-2065-0807

161 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) After the engine has started, remove the negative (-)
cable (Item 4) [Figure 225] first. Remove the cable from
Using A Booster Battery (Jump Starting) the positive terminal (Item 2) [Figure 225].

If it is necessary to use a booster battery to start the

engine, BE CAREFUL! There must be one person in the
operator’s seat and one person to connect and
disconnect the battery cables. IMPORTANT
The key switch must be OFF or the STOP button must be Damage to the alternator can occur if:
pressed. The booster battery must be 12 volt. • Engine is operated with battery cables
disconnected.
• Battery cables are connected when using a fast
charger or when welding on the loader. (Remove
WARNING both cables from the battery.)
• Extra battery cables (booster cables) are
connected wrong.
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE I-2023-1285
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.

Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged

battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
W-2066-0910

Figure 225

2
4

3 1

P-90660A

Connect the end of the first cable (Item 1) [Figure 225] to

the positive (+) terminal of the booster battery. Connect
the other end of the same cable (Item 2) [Figure 225] to
the positive terminal on the loader starter.

Connect the end of the second cable (Item 3)

[Figure 225] to the negative terminal of the booster
battery. Connect the other end of the same cable (Item 4)
[Figure 225] to the engine.

Keep cables away from moving parts. Start the engine.

(See STARTING THE ENGINE on Page 95.)

162 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 227

Removing And Installing Battery

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Batteries contain acid which burns eyes and skin on
contact. Wear goggles, protective clothing and
rubber gloves to keep acid off body.

In case of acid contact, wash immediately with water.

In case of eye contact get prompt medical attention
P-09589 P-09590
and wash eye with clean, cool water for at least 15
minutes.
Always clean the battery terminals and cable ends when
If electrolyte is taken internally drink large quantities installing a new or used battery [Figure 227].
of water or milk! DO NOT induce vomiting. Get
prompt medical attention. When installing the battery in the loader, do not touch any
W-2065-0807
metal parts with the battery terminals.

Open the rear door. Connect the negative (-) cable last to prevent sparks.

Figure 226 Connect and tighten the battery cables.

Install and tighten the battery hold down.

WARNING
1
BATTERY GAS CAN EXPLODE AND CAUSE
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH
2
Keep arcs, sparks, flames and lighted tobacco away
from batteries. When jumping from booster battery
make final connection (negative) at machine frame.

Do not jump start or charge a frozen or damaged

P100285
battery. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F) before
connecting to a charger. Unplug charger before
Disconnect the negative (-) cable (Item 1) [Figure 226]. connecting or disconnecting cables to battery. Never
lean over battery while boosting, testing or charging.
Remove the battery hold down clamp (Item 2) W-2066-0910
[Figure 226].

Disconnect the positive (+) cable (Item 3) [Figure 226]

from the battery.

Remove the battery from the loader.

163 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid Chart

Checking And Adding Fluid Figure 230

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC FLUID
Check the hydraulic / hydrostatic fluid level every day RECOMMENDED ISO VISCOSITY GRADE (VG)
before starting the work shift. AND VISCOSITY INDEX (VI)

Park the loader on a level surface, lower the lift arms and
place the attachment flat on the ground or tilt the Bob-
Tach fully back if no attachment is installed.

Stop the engine.

Figure 228

TEMPERATURE RANGE ANTICIPATED

DURING MACHINE USE
[1] VG 100; Minimum VI 130
1 [2] VG 46; Minimum VI 150
[3] BOBCAT All-Season Fluid
[4] BOBCAT Synthetic Fluid
[5] BOBCAT Biodegradable Hydraulic / Hydrostatic
Fluid (Unlike biodegradable fluids that are vegetable
based, Bobcat biodegradable fluid is formulated to
prevent oxidation and thermal breakdown at operating
temperatures.)
P-90661A

Use only recommended fluid in the hydraulic system

[Figure 230].
Check the fluid level in the sight gauge (Item 1)
[Figure 228]. Keep the fluid level within the operating
range.

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page

145.)
WARNING
Figure 229 AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
1 W-2103-0508

P100055A

Remove the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 229].

Add fluid as needed to bring the level within the operating

range in the sight gauge (Item 1) [Figure 228].

Install the fill cap (Item 1) [Figure 229] and install the
rear grille.

164 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 232

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid

For the correct service interval (See SERVICE

SCHEDULE on Page 133.)

Replace the fluid if it becomes contaminated or after 1

major repair.

Always replace the hydraulic / hydrostatic filter and the 2

hydraulic charge filter whenever the hydraulic fluid is
replaced. (See Removing And Replacing Hydraulic /
Hydrostatic Filter on Page 167.) and (See Removing And
Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter on Page 168.)
P100327
Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page
145.)
Raise the oil cooler (Item 1) until the bar (Item 2)
Figure 231 [Figure 232] drops into place to support the oil cooler.
This will aid in draining the hydraulic fluid.

Figure 233

1
1

P100055A

P100033

Remove the right side access cover bolts (Item 1)

[Figure 233] and remove the cover. (Lift arms shown
raised for visual clarity.)

P100779

Remove the hydraulic fill cap (Item 1) and unhook the two
rubber straps (Item 2) [Figure 231].

165 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 235

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Fluid (Cont’d)

Figure 234

1
1
2

P-90506A

Remove and clean the hydraulic fill screen (Item 1)

P100784 [Figure 235]. Use low air pressure to dry the screen.

Install hydraulic fill screen and add the correct fluid to the
Remove the clamp (Item 1). Pinch off the hose (Item 2) reservoir until the fluid level is within the operating range
[Figure 234] near the fitting and disconnect hose from of the sight gauge. (See Capacities on Page 207.) and
the fitting. Route the hose out the side of the loader and (See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 164.)
drain the fluid into a container.
Install the hydraulic fill cap.
Connect the hose to the fitting when the fluid stops
draining. Install the rear grille.

Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
safe manner. controls.

Stop the engine and check for leaks.

WARNING Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.
(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 164.)
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Install the side access cover and bolts [Figure 233].

Raise the bar supporting the oil cooler and lower the oil
cooler. Fasten the two rubber straps [Figure 231].

166 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Install new O-ring and lubricate with clean oil.

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Install new filter element ensuring that element is fully
Filter seated in the housing.

For the correct service interval (See SERVICE Install the filter cap and tighten to 25 N•m (18 ft-lb)
SCHEDULE on Page 133.) torque.

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page

145.)

The filter housing is located behind the hydraulic fluid

WARNING
reservoir.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Clean the top of the filter housing. Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Figure 236 Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

Install the rear grille.

Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic

controls.

1
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
P100047 Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Remove the filter cap (Item 1) [Figure 236].
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid
Figure 237
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

1
Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.

(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 164.)

2 P100044 P100046

Remove the filter element (Item 1) [Figure 237] and

discard.

Remove the O-ring (Item 2) [Figure 237] and discard.

167 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Figure 240

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter

The hydraulic charge filter is located under the operator

cab. For the correct service interval (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 133.)

Raise the operator cab. (See Raising on Page 141.)

1
Figure 238

1
P100785A

2 Remove and discard the filter element (Item 1)

[Figure 240].

Clean the surface of the filter housing and the filter base
1 where they contact the filter element seal.

Put clean oil on the seal of the new filter element. Install
P100275 the element on the filter base. Install and tighten the filter
housing to 65 - 70 N•m (48 - 52 ft-lb) torque.

Unhook the four rubber straps (Item 1) and remove the

lower fan duct (Item 2) [Figure 238].

Figure 239
WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508
1
Install the lower fan duct [Figure 238].

NOTE: Failure to install the lower fan duct correctly

may result in decreased cooling.

Lower the operator cab. (See Lowering on Page 142.)

P100785B
Start the engine and operate the loader hydraulic
controls.
Place a suitable container below the filter housing and
remove the filter housing (Item 1) [Figure 239] using a
socket wrench.

Recycle or dispose of used fluid in an environmentally

safe manner.

168 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM (CONT’D) Breather Cap

Removing And Replacing Hydraulic Charge Filter See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct
(Cont’d) replacement interval. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on
Page 133.)

Remove the rear grille. (See REAR GRILLE on Page

WARNING 145.)

Figure 241
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
penetrate skin or eyes, causing serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible.
Use a piece of cardboard or wood to find leaks. Do
not use your bare hand. Wear safety goggles. If fluid 1
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
from a doctor familiar with this injury.
W-2072-EN-0909

Stop the engine and check for leaks at the filter.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir and add as needed.

(See Checking And Adding Fluid on Page 164.)
P100055A

Remove the breather cap (Item 1) [Figure 241] and

discard.

Install new breather cap.

Install the rear grille.

169 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER Figure 242

Cleaning Procedure

See the SERVICE SCHEDULE for service interval for

cleaning the spark arrester muffler. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 133.)

Do not operate the loader with a defective exhaust 1

system.

P-90662A

IMPORTANT
Remove the plug (Item 1) [Figure 242] from the bottom
This machine is factory equipped with a spark of the muffler.
arrester exhaust system that must be maintained for
proper function.

• WITH MUFFLER
If factory equipped with a muffler, the muffler is a
WARNING
spark arrester. The spark chamber must be
emptied every 100 hours of operation to keep it in When the engine is running during service, the
working condition. driving and steering controls must be in neutral and
the parking brake engaged. Failure to do so can
• WITH DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF) cause injury or death.
W-2006-1209
If factory equipped with a DPF, the DPF acts as a
spark arrester and engine exhaust emissions
device. The DPF must be maintained according Start the engine and run for about 10 seconds while a
to the instructions in the Operation & second person, wearing safety glasses, holds a piece of
Maintenance Manual for proper function as an wood over the outlet of the muffler. This will force
emissions and spark arrester device. contaminants out through the cleanout hole.

(If this machine is operated on flammable forest, Stop the engine. Install and tighten the plug. Close the
brush or grass cover land, a spark arrester attached rear door.
to the exhaust system may be required and must be
maintained in working order. Refer to local laws and
regulations for spark arrester requirements.)
I-2350-EN-0512 WARNING
Stop the engine and open the rear door. (See REAR AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 144.) When an engine is running in an enclosed area, fresh
air must be added to avoid concentration of exhaust
fumes. If the engine is stationary, vent the exhaust
outside. Exhaust fumes contain odorless, invisible
WARNING gases which can kill without warning.
W-2050-0807

Never use machine in atmosphere with explosive

dust or gases or where exhaust can contact
flammable material. Failure to obey warnings can
cause injury or death.
W-2068-1285
WARNING
Stop engine and allow the muffler to cool before
cleaning the spark chamber. Wear safety goggles.
Failure to obey can cause serious injury.
W-2011-1285

170 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

TYRE MAINTENANCE It is important to keep the same size tyres on each side of
the loader. If different sizes are used, each tyre will be
Wheel Nuts turning at a different rate and cause excessive wear. The
tread bars of all the tyres must face the same direction.
Figure 243
Recommended tyre pressure must be maintained to
avoid excessive tyre wear and loss of stability and
handling capability. Check for correct pressure before
operating the loader.

Mounting

Tyres are to be repaired only by an authorised person

using the proper procedures and safe equipment.

Tyres and rims must always be checked for correct size

before mounting. Check rim and tyre bead for damage.

The rim flange must be cleaned and free of rust.

P-85479
The tyre bead and rim flange must be lubricated with a
rubber lubricant before mounting the tyre.
See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct interval to
check the wheel nuts [Figure 243]. (See SERVICE Avoid excessive pressure which can rupture the tyre and
SCHEDULE on Page 133.) cause serious injury or death.
When installing wheel nuts, tighten to 474 N•m (350 ft-lb) During inflation of the tyre, check the tyre pressure
torque. frequently to avoid over inflation.
When checking wheel nut torque, set the torque wrench
to 434 N•m (320 ft-lb) to prevent over-tightening.

Rotating WARNING
Check the tyres regularly for wear, damage and pressure.
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Figure 244 Do not inflate tyres above specified pressure. Failure
to use correct tyre mounting procedure can cause an
explosion which can result in injury or death.
W-2078-EN-0909

IMPORTANT
Inflate tyres to the MAXIMUM pressure shown on the
sidewall of the tyre. DO NOT mix brands of tyres
used on the same machine.
I-2057-EN-1010

NA1023A

Rear tyres usually wear faster than front tyres. To keep

tyre wear even, move the front tyres to the rear and rear
tyres to the front [Figure 244].

171 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION (CHAINCASE) Removing And Replacing Oil

Checking And Adding Oil For the correct service interval (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 133.)
See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct interval to
check the final drive transmission oil level. (See Figure 246
SERVICE SCHEDULE on Page 133.)

The chaincase contains the final drive sprockets and

chains and uses the same type of oil as the hydraulic /
hydrostatic system. (See Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Fluid 1
Chart on Page 164.)

Stop the loader on a level surface and stop the engine.

Figure 245

P-85745

Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 246] from the

front of the chaincase housing.
1
Figure 247

P-85744A

Remove the check plug (Item 1) [Figure 245] from the

front of the chaincase housing. (Lift arms shown raised
for visual clarity.)
P-85742A
If oil can be reached with the tip of your finger through the
hole, the oil level is correct.
Pump the oil out of the chaincase [Figure 247]. Recycle
or dispose of the used oil in an environmentally safe
If the level is low, add oil through the check plug hole until
manner.
the oil flows from the hole. Install and tighten the plug.
Add oil through the check plug hole until the oil flows from
the hole. (See Capacities on Page 207.) Install and
WARNING tighten the plug.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
WARNING
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508 Always clean up spilled fuel or oil. Keep heat, flames,
sparks or lighted tobacco away from fuel and oil.
Failure to use care around combustibles can cause
explosion or fire.
W-2103-0508

172 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

ALTERNATOR BELT Move the alternator toward the engine as far as it will go
and remove the belt from the pulleys. Inspect the pulleys
Belt Adjustment for wear.

The alternator belt is a special maintenance free type Install new belt.
that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt eliminates
the need for a tensioning device and does not require Figure 250
periodic adjustment. Contact your Bobcat dealer for
replacement parts.

Belt Replacement

Stop the engine and open the rear door. (See REAR
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 144.)

Remove the air conditioning belt. (See AIR

CONDITIONING BELT on Page 174.)
1
Figure 248

P100038

2
Use a prybar (Item 1) [Figure 250] to move the alternator
1 until the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2)
[Figure 249] can be installed.

Tighten the top alternator mounting nut (Item 1) and

3 bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2) [Figure 249].

Install the air conditioning belt. (See AIR

P100231 CONDITIONING BELT on Page 174.)

Install the belt shield, mounting nuts and bolts, and clamp
Remove the clamp nut and bolt (Item 1). Remove the belt nut and bolt [Figure 248].
shield mounting nuts and bolts (Item 2) and remove the
belt shield (Item 3) [Figure 248]. Close the rear door.

Figure 249

P100034

Remove the bottom alternator mounting bolt (Item 2) and

loosen the top alternator mounting nut (Item 1)
[Figure 249].

173 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

AIR CONDITIONING BELT Move the air conditioning compressor toward the engine
as far as it will go and remove the belt from the pulleys.
This machine may be equipped with Air Conditioning.
Inspect the pulleys for wear.
Belt Adjustment
Install new belt.
The air conditioning belt is a special maintenance free
type that is pretensioned over the pulleys. This belt Figure 252
eliminates the need for a tensioning device and does not
require periodic adjustment. Contact your Bobcat dealer
for replacement parts.

Belt Replacement

Stop the engine and open the rear door. (See REAR
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 144.)

Figure 251
1

P100271

Insert a 1/2 in. breaker bar (Item 1) [Figure 252] into the
square opening provided in the air conditioning
compressor bracket as shown. Move the breaker bar
1 down until the bottom air conditioning compressor
mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 251] can be installed.

Tighten the mounting nut and bolts (Items 1 and 2)

P100070
[Figure 251].

Close the rear door.

P100071

NOTE: The engine is shown removed for visual

clarity.

Remove the bottom air conditioning compressor

mounting bolt (Item 1) [Figure 251].

Loosen the top air conditioning compressor mounting nut

and bolt (Item 2) [Figure 251].

174 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DRIVE BELT Belt Replacement

Belt Adjustment Stop the engine and open the rear door. (See REAR
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 144.)
The drive belt does not need adjustment. The belt has a
spring loaded idler which constantly maintains the correct Remove the battery. (See Removing And Installing
belt tension. Battery on Page 163.)

Stop Adjustment Figure 255

See your SERVICE SCHEDULE for the correct interval to

check the idler stop adjustment. (See SERVICE
SCHEDULE on Page 133.)

Stop the engine and open the rear door. (See REAR
1
DOOR (TAILGATE) on Page 144.)

Figure 253

P-90724A

2 Remove the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 255].

Figure 256

P-90470
1

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)

and insert a 1/2 in. breaker bar (Item 2) [Figure 253] into
the slot provided in the stop arm as shown.
2
Figure 254

1
P-90467

Do NOT loosen the drive belt shield mounting bolts (top

bolt shown) (Item 1). Slide the drive belt shield (Item 2)
toward the back of the loader to unseat the shield from
the top and bottom drive belt shield mounting bolts.
Remove the drive belt shield (Item 2) [Figure 256].
P-90471

Move the breaker bar to adjust the stop arm until a gap of
3,2 mm (0.125 in) (Item 1) [Figure 254] is achieved.

Tighten the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)

[Figure 253] to 105 - 115 N•m (78 - 85 ft-lb) torque.

175 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DRIVE BELT (CONT’D) Figure 259

Belt Replacement (Cont’d) Top Mounting Bolt

Figure 257
1

P-90468A

2 Bottom Mounting Bolt

P-90470

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1).

Insert a 1/2 in. breaker bar (Item 2) [Figure 257] into the P-90469A
slot provided in the stop arm as shown and push breaker
bar down to release tension on drive belt.
Position the drive belt shield over the drive belt shield
Tighten the adjustment bolt (Item 1) [Figure 257] to hold mounting bolts and slide the drive belt shield toward the
the spring loaded idler off the drive belt. front of the loader to fully seat the shield onto the top and
bottom mounting bolts (Items 1 and 2) [Figure 259].
Remove the drive belt from the hydrostatic pump pulley
and flywheel pulley. Inspect the pulleys for wear. Figure 260

Install new drive belt.

Loosen the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)

[Figure 257] and allow the idler to contact the drive belt.
1
Figure 258

P-90724A

Install the drive belt shield bolt (Item 1) [Figure 260].

Install the battery. (See Removing And Installing Battery

on Page 163.)
P-90471
Close the rear door.

Move the breaker bar to adjust the stop arm until a gap of
3,2 mm (0.125 in) (Item 1) [Figure 258] is achieved.

Tighten the spring loaded idler adjustment bolt (Item 1)

[Figure 257] to 105 - 115 N•m (78 - 85 ft-lb) torque.

176 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LUBRICATING THE LOADER Figure 262

Lubrication Locations

Lubricate the loader as specified for the best

performance of the loader. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE
on Page 133.)

Record the operating hours each time you lubricate the

Bobcat loader.
2
Always use a good quality lithium based multipurpose
grease when you lubricate the loader. Apply the lubricant
until extra grease shows.

Remove attachment from the loader. (See Installing And P-90572A

Removing The Attachment (Hand Lever Bob-Tach) on
Page 106.) OR (See Installing And Removing The
Attachment (Power Bob-Tach) on Page 108.) 2. Base End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 262].

Tilt the Bob-Tach forward until it contacts the ground. (Not Figure 263
required on later models with Bob-Tach wedge grease
fittings that are accessible from the side.)

Stop the engine.

Lubricate the following: 3

Figure 261

P100713A

3. Lift Arm Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 263].

P100730

1. Rod End Lift Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 261].

177 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Figure 266

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)

Figure 264

P-85720

6. Rod End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 266].

P-90542A
Figure 267

4. Lift Arm Link Pivot (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 264].

Figure 265

5 7

P-85719A

7. Bob-Tach Pivot Pin (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 267].

P-85484

5. Base End Tilt Cylinder (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 265].

178 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LUBRICATING THE LOADER (CONT’D) Figure 270

Lubrication Locations (Cont’d)

Earlier Models

Figure 268 9

8
P-90570A

9. Rear Control Link (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 270].

Figure 271
P-85487

Later Models

Figure 269

10

P-90544A
8

10. Front Control Link (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 271].

P-31308A

8. Bob-Tach Wedge (Both Sides) (2) [Figure 268] or

[Figure 269].

179 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PIVOT PINS

Inspection And Maintenance

Figure 272

P-90667

All lift arm and cylinder pivots have a large pin held in
position with a retainer bolt and lock nut (Item 1)
[Figure 272].

Check that the lock nuts are tightened to 48 - 54 N•m (35

- 40 ft-lb) torque.

180 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
[Figure 274], the attachment will be loose and can come
Inspection And Maintenance off the Bob-Tach.

Figure 273 Figure 275

P-85513A

Move the Bob-Tach levers down to engage the wedges

[Figure 273].

The levers and wedges must move freely.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208 B-17460

Figure 274 Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob-
Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
1 damage [Figure 275]. Replace any parts that are
damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.

Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for

2 repair or replacement parts.

Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on

Page 133.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
Wedge must contact Page 177.)
lower edge of hole in the
attachment mounting
frame.

P-31233A P-31233

The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 274] must extend through

the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the

lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
frame (Item 2) [Figure 274].

181 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

BOB-TACH (POWER) The spring loaded wedges (Item 1) must contact the
lower edge of the holes in the attachment mounting
This machine may be equipped with a Power Bob-Tach. frame (Item 2) [Figure 277].

Inspection And Maintenance If the wedges do not contact the lower edge of the holes
[Figure 277], the attachment will be loose and can come
Figure 276 off the Bob-Tach.

Figure 278

P-85320C

Push and hold the BOB-TACH “WEDGES UP” switch

(Item 1) until wedges are fully raised. Push and hold the
BOB-TACH “WEDGES DOWN” switch (Item 2)
[Figure 276] until the wedges are fully down.

The levers and wedges must move freely.

WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in the attachment mounting frame. Levers must be
fully down and locked. Failure to secure wedges can
allow attachment to come off.
W-2715-0208
B-17460
Figure 277
Inspect the mounting frame on the attachment and Bob-
1 Tach, linkages and wedges for excessive wear or
damage [Figure 278]. Replace any parts that are
damaged, bent or missing. Keep all fasteners tight.

2 Look for cracked welds. Contact your Bobcat dealer for

repair or replacement parts.

Lubricate the wedges. (See SERVICE SCHEDULE on

Wedge must contact Page 133.) and (See LUBRICATING THE LOADER on
lower edge of hole in the Page 177.)
attachment mounting
frame.

P-31233A P-31233

The wedges (Item 1) [Figure 277] must extend through

the holes in the attachment mounting frame.

182 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE Return To Service

Storage After the Bobcat loader has been in storage, it is

necessary to follow a list of items to return the loader to
Sometimes it may be necessary to store your Bobcat service.
loader for an extend period of time. Below is a list of items
to perform before storage. • Check the engine and hydraulic oil levels; check
coolant level.
• Thoroughly clean the loader including the engine
compartment. • Install a fully charged battery.

• Lubricate the loader. • Remove grease from exposed cylinder rods.

• Replace worn or damaged parts. • Check all belt tensions.

• Park the loader in a dry protected shelter. • Be sure all shields and guards are in place.

• Lower the lift arms all the way and put the bucket flat • Lubricate the loader.
on the ground.
• Check tyre inflation and remove blocks from under
• Put blocks under the frame to remove weight from the frame.
tyres.
• Remove cover from exhaust pipe opening.
• Put grease on any exposed cylinder rods.
• Start the engine and let run for a few minutes while
• Put fuel stabiliser in the fuel tank and run the engine observing the instrument panels and systems for
a few minutes to circulate the stabiliser to the pump correct operation.
and fuel injectors.
• Operate machine, check for correct function.
If biodiesel blend fuel has been used, perform the
following: • Stop the engine and check for leaks. Repair as
needed.
Drain the fuel tank, refill with 100% petroleum diesel
fuel, add fuel stabiliser and run the engine for at least
30 minutes.

• Drain and flush the cooling system. Refill with

premixed coolant.

• Replace all fluids and filters (engine, hydraulic /

hydrostatic).

• Replace air cleaner, heater and air conditioning filters.

• Put all controls in neutral position.

• Remove the battery. Be sure the electrolyte level is

correct then charge the battery. Store it in a cool dry
place above freezing temperatures and charge it
periodically during storage.

• Cover the exhaust pipe opening.

• Tag the machine to indicate that it is in storage

condition.

183 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

184 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
 SYSTEM SETUP & ANALYSIS

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Viewing Service Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Service Codes List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

CONTROL PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Password Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Changing The Owner Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Changing The User Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Password Lockout Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

185 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

186 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES

Viewing Service Codes

The Service Codes will aid your dealer in diagnosing Deluxe Instrumentation Panel
conditions that can damage your machine.
The optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel offers an
Figure 279 additional view of service codes that includes a brief
description.

The last 40 codes stored in history can also be viewed

1 using the Deluxe Instrumentation Panel.

Press a scroll button (Item

1) repeatedly until the
2 Active Warnings screen
icon (Inset) is highlighted.
NA3181 1 1

The ACTIVE WARNINGS

Press the Information button (Item 2) to cycle the data
screen displays active
display (Item 1) [Figure 279] until the service code
service codes. Press [9]
screen is displayed. If more than one service code is
to view the next service
present, the codes will scroll on the data display.
code if more than one is
present. Press [4] to
When no service code is present, [NONE] is displayed
display a history of service
[Figure 279].
codes.
NOTE: Corroded or loose earths can cause multiple The WARNINGS
service codes and / or abnormal symptoms. HISTORY screen will list
All instrument panel lights flashing, alarm the Service Code Number
sounding, headlights and taillights flashing, (CODE), Hourmeter
can indicate a bad earth. The same symptoms reading when the error
can apply if the voltage is low, such as loose occurred (HOUR), and the
or corroded battery cables. If you observe User (USER) who was
these symptoms, check earths and positive logged in to operate the
leads first. machine when the error
occurred.
Press [9] to view the next eight service codes.

A total of 40 codes can be stored. When more than 40

codes occur, the oldest code will disappear and the
newest code will be in the number 1 position.

Press the list number next

to the service code for
more detail.

Press the left scroll button

to back up one screen.

187 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List

Figure 280 The following word errors may be displayed:

[REPLY] One or both instrument panel(s) not

1 2
communicating with the controller.

[CODE] The controller is asking for a password.

(Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
only.)

[ERROR] The wrong password was entered.

(Keyless Start and Deluxe Instrumentation Panels
NA3077 only.)
NA3084
NA3181
[SHTDN] A shutdown condition exists.

Service codes may be either a word (Item 1) or a number [DOOR] Operator cab door is open. (Lift and Tilt
(Item 2) [Figure 280]. functions will not operate.)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION

A0618 Wheel speed out of range A8403 ACD output ‘E’ error OFF
A3623 ACD not programmed A8405 ACD output ‘E’ short to battery
A4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high A8406 ACD output ‘E’ short to earth
A4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low A8407 ACD output ‘E’ open circuit
A4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high A8432 ACD output ‘E’ overcurrent
A4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low A8502 ACD output ‘F’ error ON
A7701 Machine key active A8503 ACD output ‘F’ error OFF
A7901 E-Stop active A8505 ACD output ‘F’ short to battery
A8002 ACD output ‘A’ error ON A8506 ACD output ‘F’ short to earth
A8003 ACD output ‘A’ error OFF A8507 ACD output ‘F’ open circuit
A8005 ACD output ‘A’ short to battery A8532 ACD output ‘F’ overcurrent
A8006 ACD output ‘A’ short to earth A8602 ACD output ‘G’ error ON
A8007 ACD output ‘A’ open circuit A8603 ACD output ‘G’ error OFF
A8032 ACD output ‘A’ overcurrent A8605 ACD output ‘G’ short to battery
A8102 ACD output ‘B’ error ON A8606 ACD output ‘G’ short to earth
A8103 ACD output ‘B’ error OFF A8607 ACD output ‘G’ open circuit
A8105 ACD output ‘B’ short to battery A8702 ACD output ‘H’ error ON
A8106 ACD output ‘B’ short to earth A8703 ACD output ‘H’ error OFF
A8107 ACD output ‘B’ open circuit A8705 ACD output ‘H’ short to battery
A8132 ACD output ‘B’ overcurrent A8706 ACD output ‘H’ short to earth
A8202 ACD output ‘C’ error ON A8707 ACD output ‘H’ open circuit
A8203 ACD output ‘C’ error OFF A8802 Reverse solenoid error ON
A8205 ACD output ‘C’ short to battery A8803 Reverse solenoid error OFF
A8206 ACD output ‘C’ short to earth
A8207 ACD output ‘C’ open circuit D3905 Left joystick X-axis not in neutral
A8232 ACD output ‘C’ overcurrent D3907 Left joystick Y-axis not in neutral
A8302 ACD output ‘D’ error ON D4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral
A8303 ACD output ‘D’ error OFF D7501 Drive CAN joystick information error
A8305 ACD output ‘D’ short to battery D7504 Drive no communication from drive controller
A8306 ACD output ‘D’ short to earth D7505 Drive left joystick X-axis not in neutral
A8307 ACD output ‘D’ open circuit D7507 Drive left joystick Y-axis not in neutral
A8332 ACD output ‘D’ overcurrent D7508 Drive right joystick Y-axis not in neutral
Drive operating mode switch short to earth or
A8402 ACD output ‘E’ error ON D7509
battery

188 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION

D7510 Drive improper joysticks installed D7555 Drive right forward drive solenoid error OFF
D7511 Drive left speed sensor not connected D7556 Drive right reverse drive solenoid error OFF
D7512 Drive right speed sensor not connected D7557 Drive right front steer extend short to earth
D7513 Drive right front wheel angle sensor stuck D7558 Drive right front steer retract short to earth
D7514 Drive left front wheel angle sensor stuck D7559 Drive left front steer extend short to earth
D7515 Drive right rear wheel angle sensor stuck D7560 Drive left front steer retract short to earth
D7516 Drive left rear wheel angle sensor stuck D7561 Drive right rear steer extend short to earth
D7517 Drive left swash plate not in neutral D7562 Drive right rear steer retract short to earth
D7518 Drive right swash plate not in neutral D7563 Drive left rear steer extend short to earth
D7519 Drive left joystick X-axis out of range high D7564 Drive left rear steer retract short to earth
D7521 Drive left joystick Y-axis out of range high D7565 Drive steer pressure short to earth
D7522 Drive right joystick Y-axis out of range high D7566 Drive back-up alarm error OFF
Drive right front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7523 D7567 Drive no communication from Bobcat controller
high
Drive left front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7524 D7568 Drive angle sensors not calibrated
high
Drive right rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7525 D7569 Drive battery voltage out of range high
high
Drive left rear wheel angle sensor out of range Drive interrupted power (also occurs after
D7526 D7570
high software updates)
D7527 Drive left swash plate out of position D7571 Drive battery voltage out of range low
D7528 Drive right swash plate out of position D7572 Drive pump not calibrated
Drive operating mode switch flipped while
D7529 Drive left joystick X-axis out of range low D7573
operating
D7531 Drive left joystick Y-axis out of range low D7574 Drive right wheel speed uncommanded motion
D7532 Drive right joystick Y-axis out of range low D7575 Drive left wheel speed uncommanded motion
Drive right front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7533 D7576 Drive no communication from ACS controller
low
Drive left front wheel angle sensor out of range
D7534 D7577 Drive left speed sensor out of range high
low
Drive right rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7535 D7578 Drive right speed sensor out of range high
low
Drive left rear wheel angle sensor out of range
D7536 D7579 Drive left speed sensor out of range low
low
D7537 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range low D7580 Drive right speed sensor out of range low
D7538 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range low D7581 Drive right front steer retract short to battery
D7539 Drive left swash plate sensor out of range high D7582 Drive left front steer retract short to battery
D7540 Drive left swash plate sensor out of range low D7583 Drive right rear steer retract short to battery
D7541 Drive right swash plate sensor out of range high D7584 Drive left rear steer retract short to battery
D7542 Drive right swash plate sensor out of range low D7585 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 1 out of range high
D7543 Drive left forward drive solenoid error ON D7586 Drive 5 volt sensor supply 2 out of range high
D7544 Drive left reverse drive solenoid error ON D7587 Drive software update required
D7545 Drive right forward drive solenoid error ON D7588 Drive switched power stuck ON
D7546 Drive right reverse drive solenoid error ON D7589 Drive switched power error OFF
D7547 Drive right front steer extend short to battery D7590 Drive calibration performed
D7548 Drive left front steer extend short to battery D7591 Drive left swash plate sensor reversed
D7549 Drive right rear steer extend short to battery D7592 Drive right swash plate sensor reversed
D7550 Drive left rear steer extend short to battery D7593 Drive unresponsive right speed sensor
D7551 Drive steer pressure short to battery D7594 Drive unresponsive left speed sensor
D7552 Drive back-up alarm error ON D7595 Drive left speed sensor reverse direction
D7553 Drive left forward drive solenoid error OFF D7596 Drive right speed sensor reverse direction
D7554 Drive left reverse drive solenoid error OFF D7597 Drive controller programmed

189 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION

D7598 Drive controller in calibration mode H4012 Right joystick thumb switch not in neutral
Drive AWS controller in wheel position
D7599 H4013 Right joystick grip no communication
calibration mode
H4016 Right joystick no communication
H1221 Right thumb switch out of range high H4028 Right joystick internal failure
H1222 Right thumb switch out of range low H4048 Right joystick multiple
H1224 Right thumb switch not in neutral H4302 Horn error ON
H1321 Left thumb switch out of range high H4303 Horn error OFF
H1322 Left thumb switch out of range low H4423 Auxiliary not programmed
H1324 Left thumb switch not in neutral H4497 Auxiliary controller programmed
H2005 Boost solenoid short to battery H4502 Right blinker error ON
H2006 Boost solenoid short to earth H4503 Right blinker error OFF
H2007 Boost solenoid open circuit H4602 Left blinker error ON
H2032 Boost solenoid overcurrent H4603 Left blinker error OFF
H2305 Rear base output short to battery H4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high
H2306 Rear base output short to earth H4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low
H2307 Rear base output open circuit H7404 Main controller no communication
H2332 Rear base output overcurrent
H2405 Rear rod output short to battery L0102 Lights button error ON
High-flow enable / auto idle enable button error
H2406 Rear rod output short to earth L0202
ON
H2407 Rear rod output open circuit L0302 Auxiliary enable button error ON
H2432 Rear rod output overcurrent L0402 Information button error ON
H2505 Diverter #2 short to battery L7404 Main controller no communication
H2506 Diverter #2 short to earth L7672 Left display panel needs programming
H2507 Diverter #2 open circuit
H2605 Front base output short to battery M0116 Air filter not connected
H2606 Front base output short to earth M0117 Air filter plugged
H2607 Front base output open circuit M0216 Hydraulic / Hydrostatic filter not connected
H2632 Front base output overcurrent M0217 Hydraulic / Hydrostatic filter plugged
H2705 Front rod output short to battery M0309 System voltage too low
H2706 Front rod output short to earth M0310 System voltage too high
H2707 Front rod output open circuit M0311 System voltage extremely high
H2732 Front rod output overcurrent M0314 System voltage extremely low
H2805 Diverter short to battery M0322 System voltage out of range low
H2806 Diverter short to earth M0409 Engine oil pressure too low
H2807 Diverter open circuit M0414 Engine oil pressure extremely low
H2905 High-flow short to battery M0415 Engine oil pressure in shutdown
H2906 High-flow short to earth M0421 Engine oil pressure out of range high
H2907 High-flow open circuit M0422 Engine oil pressure out of range low
H2932 High-flow overcurrent M0509 Hydraulic charge pressure too low
H3028 Controller memory failure M0510 Hydraulic charge pressure too high
H3128 Interrupted power failure M0511 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely high
H3648 Multiple ACD conflict error M0514 Hydraulic charge pressure extremely low
H3904 Left joystick in error M0515 Hydraulic charge pressure in shutdown
H3912 Left joystick thumb switch not in neutral M0521 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range high
H3913 Left joystick grip no communication M0522 Hydraulic charge pressure out of range low
H3916 Left joystick no communication M0610 Engine speed too high
H3928 Left joystick internal failure M0611 Engine speed extremely high
H3948 Left joystick multiple M0613 Engine speed no signal
H4004 Right joystick in error M0615 Engine speed in shutdown

190 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION

M0618 Engine speed out of range M2202 Starter output error ON
M0634 Engine speed invalid information from ECU M2203 Starter output error OFF
M0710 Hydraulic oil temperature too high M2207 Starter output open circuit
M0711 Hydraulic oil temperature extremely high M2228 Starter output failure
M0715 Hydraulic oil temperature in shutdown M2302 Starter relay error ON
M0721 Hydraulic oil temperature out of range high M2303 Starter relay error OFF
M0722 Hydraulic oil temperature out of range low M2402 Fuel pull relay error ON
M0810 Engine coolant temperature too high M2403 Fuel pull relay error OFF
M0811 Engine coolant temperature extremely high M2502 Traction pull relay error ON
M0815 Engine coolant temperature in shutdown M2503 Traction pull relay error OFF
M0821 Engine coolant temperature out of range high M2602 Glow plug relay error ON
M0822 Engine coolant temperature out of range low M2603 Glow plug relay error OFF
M0909 Fuel level too low M2721 Throttle primary sensor out of range high
M0921 Fuel level out of range high M2722 Throttle primary sensor out of range low
M0922 Fuel level out of range low M2821 Throttle secondary sensor out of range high
M1016 Hydraulic charge filter not connected M2822 Throttle secondary sensor out of range low
M1017 Hydraulic charge filter plugged M3028 Controller memory failure
M1121 Seat bar sensor out of range high M3128 Interrupted power failure
ACS (AHC) no communication to Bobcat
M1122 Seat bar sensor out of range low M3204
controller
M1128 Seat bar sensor failure M3304 Deluxe panel no communication
M1305 Fuel hold solenoid short to battery M3404 Deluxe panel in error
M1306 Fuel hold solenoid short to earth M3505 Hydraulic fan short to battery
M1307 Fuel hold solenoid open circuit M3506 Hydraulic fan short to earth
M1402 Fuel pull solenoid error ON M3507 Hydraulic fan open circuit
M1403 Fuel pull solenoid error OFF M3532 Hydraulic fan overcurrent
M1407 Fuel pull solenoid open circuit M3705 Two-speed second output short to battery
M1428 Fuel pull solenoid failure M3706 Two-speed second output short to earth
M1502 Traction lock pull output error ON M3707 Two-speed second output open circuit
M1503 Traction lock pull output error OFF M3732 Two-speed second output overcurrent
M1507 Traction lock pull output open circuit M3805 Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to battery
M1528 Traction lock pull output failure M3806 Auxiliary hydraulic lock short to earth
M1605 Traction lock hold solenoid short to battery M3807 Auxiliary hydraulic lock open circuit
M1606 Traction lock hold solenoid short to earth M3832 Auxiliary hydraulic lock overcurrent
M1607 Traction lock hold solenoid open circuit M4109 Alternator too low
M1705 Hydraulic lock valve short to battery M4110 Alternator high
M1706 Hydraulic lock valve short to earth M4111 Alternator extremely high
M1707 Hydraulic lock valve open circuit M4304 Keyless panel no communication
M1732 Hydraulic lock valve overcurrent M4404 Auxiliary no communication
M1805 Lift spool lock output short to battery M4510 Water in fuel sensor too high
M1806 Lift spool lock output short to earth M4511 Water in fuel sensor extremely high
M1807 Lift spool lock output open circuit M4521 Water in fuel sensor out of range high
M1832 Lift spool lock output overcurrent M4522 Water in fuel sensor out of range low
M2005 Two-speed primary solenoid short to battery M4621 5 volt sensor supply out of range high
M2006 Two-speed primary solenoid short to earth M4622 5 volt sensor supply out of range low
M2007 Two-speed primary solenoid open circuit M4721 8 volt sensor supply out of range high
M2032 Two-speed primary solenoid overcurrent M4722 8 volt sensor supply out of range low
M2102 Glow plug output error ON M4802 Front light relay error ON
M2103 Glow plug output error OFF M4803 Front light relay error OFF
M2107 Glow plug output open circuit M4902 Rear light relay error ON
M2128 Glow plug output failure M4903 Rear light relay error OFF

191 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION

DPF automatic regeneration active (Operate
M5002 Front light output error ON M8542
machine under load)
M5003 Front light output error OFF M8551 DPF regeneration needed - inhibit active
DPF regeneration needed - inhibit active
M5007 Front light output open circuit M8552
(Operate machine under load)
DPF remote parked regeneration required
M5028 Front light output failure M8553
(Remote regeneration kit required)
DPF service regeneration required (Contact
M5102 Rear light output error ON M8554
Bobcat dealer)
M5103 Rear light output error OFF M8555 DPF service required
M5107 Rear light output open circuit M8560 DPF service regeneration active
M5128 Rear light output failure M8561 DPF service regeneration active
M5202 Press to operate button error ON M8562 DPF service regeneration active
M5221 Press to operate button out of range high M8563 DPF service regeneration active
M5222 Press to operate button out of range low M8564 DPF service regeneration active
M5305 Press to operate light short to battery M8615 Engine speed derate in shutdown
M5306 Press to operate light short to earth M8625 Engine speed derate unresponsive
M5405 Tilt spool lock short to battery
M5406 Tilt spool lock short to earth R7404 Main controller no communication
M5407 Tilt spool lock open circuit
M5432 Tilt spool lock overcurrent T9002 Service tool output ‘C’ error ON
M5902 DPF regeneration switch error ON T9003 Service tool output ‘C’ error OFF
M6002 DPF inhibit regeneration switch error ON T9102 Service tool output ‘D’ error ON
M6102 Remote parked regeneration switch error ON T9103 Service tool output ‘D’ error OFF
M6402 Switched power relay error ON T9202 Service tool output ‘E’ error ON
M6403 Switched power relay error OFF T9203 Service tool output ‘E’ error OFF
M6505 ECU power short to battery T9302 Service tool output ‘F’ error ON
M6506 ECU power short to earth T9303 Service tool output ‘F’ error OFF
M6507 ECU power open circuit
ACS (AHC) no communication to Bobcat
M6604 ECU no communication W3204
controller
M6702 HVAC output error ON W3223 ACS (AHC) calibration required
M6703 HVAC output error OFF W3224 ACS (AHC) calibration performed
M6707 HVAC output open circuit W3225 ACS (AHC) actuator calibration failed
M6728 HVAC output failure W3231 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator
M6802 HVAC relay error ON W3232 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator wiring
M6803 HVAC relay error OFF W3233 ACS (AHC) tilt handle wiring
M7002 Switched power output error ON W3234 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator not in neutral
M7003 Switched power output error OFF W3235 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal not in neutral
M7007 Switched power output open circuit W3236 ACS (AHC) lift actuator
M7028 Switched power output failure W3237 ACS (AHC) lift actuator wiring
M7304 Remote control no communication W3238 ACS (AHC) lift handle wiring
M7316 Remote control no communication to transmitter W3239 ACS (AHC) lift actuator not in neutral
M7423 Main controller not programmed W3240 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal not in neutral
M7472 Main controller needs programming W3241 ACS (AHC) no communication
M7497 Main controller programmed W3249 ACS (AHC) lift actuator short to earth
M7504 Drive no communication W3250 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator short to earth
M7604 Left display panel no communication W3251 ACS (AHC) lift actuator short to battery
M7748 Key switch multiple W3252 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator short to battery
M7839 Hourmeter changed W3253 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal short to earth
M7974 Door open W3254 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal short to earth
M8541 DPF automatic regeneration active W3255 ACS (AHC) lift handle / pedal short to battery

192 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES (CONT'D)

Service Codes List (Cont’d)

CODE DESCRIPTION CODE DESCRIPTION

W3256 ACS (AHC) tilt handle / pedal short to battery W3268 ACS (AHC) lift handle information error
W3257 ACS (AHC) lift actuator reduced performance W3270 ACS (AHC) right drive handle short to earth
W3258 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator reduced performance W3271 ACS (AHC) right drive handle short to battery
W3259 ACS (AHC) lift actuator wrong direction W3274 ACS (AHC) left joystick X-axis out of range
W3260 ACS (AHC) tilt actuator wrong direction W3275 ACS (AHC) interrupted unswitched power
W3261 ACS (AHC) handle lock short to earth W3276 ACS (AHC) CAN joystick information error
W3262 ACS (AHC) handle lock short to battery W3277 ACS (AHC) remote control information error
W3263 ACS (AHC) pedal lock short to earth W3297 ACS (AHC) controller programmed
W3264 ACS (AHC) pedal lock short to battery W3905 Left joystick X-axis not in neutral
W3265 ACS (AHC) sensor supply voltage out of range W4005 Right joystick X-axis not in neutral
W3266 ACS (AHC) battery voltage out of range W4007 Right joystick Y-axis not in neutral
W3267 ACS (AHC) switch flipped while operating

193 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

CONTROL PANEL SETUP

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel)

Icon Identification Vitals

Figure 281

Press a scroll button (Item

1) repeatedly until the
Vitals screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted.
1 1

Displays select system

operating levels.

NA3189
You can monitor real-time displays of:

ICON DESCRIPTION Engine Speed

Engine Oil Pressure
DATE / TIME Engine Coolant Temperature
System Voltage
USER / HOURMETER Hydraulic Charge Pressure
Hydraulic Fluid Temperature
CURRENT JOB HOURS
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel is easy to use.
ACTIVE WARNINGS screen icon Continue to set your own preferences for operating /
monitoring your Bobcat loader.
VITALS screen icon

SERVICE screen icon

MAIN screen icon

ATTACHMENTS screen icon

SECURITY screen icon

DISPLAY screen icon

HOME icon (Return to MAIN screen)

LEFT SCROLL button

RIGHT SCROLL button

ENTER button

194 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Date And Time Languages

Press a scroll button (Item Press a scroll button (Item

1) repeatedly until the 1) repeatedly until the
Display screen icon (Inset) Display screen icon (Inset)
is highlighted. is highlighted.
1 1 1 1

Select [1. CLOCKS]. Select [2. LANGUAGES].

Select [1. TIME].

Select the desired

language.

Use the keypad to enter

time. English / Metric Display

Select AM / PM / 24hr.

Press [ENTER] to Press a scroll button (Item

continue. 1) repeatedly until the
Display screen icon (Inset)
Select [2. DATE]. is highlighted.
1 1

Select [4. DISPLAY

SETTINGS].

Use the keypad to enter

date.

Press [ENTER] to Press [1] to cycle between

continue. ENGLISH and METRIC.

195 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

CONTROL PANEL SETUP (CONT’D)

Right Panel Setup (Deluxe Instrumentation Panel) (Cont’d)

Job Clock Reset Machine Lockouts

Press a scroll button (Item Press a scroll button (Item

1) repeatedly until the 1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted. (Inset) is highlighted.
1 1 1 1
Select [1. PASSWORDS /
Select [1. PASSWORDS /
LOCKOUTS].
LOCKOUTS].

Enter owner password

and press [ENTER]. Enter owner password
and press [ENTER].

Select [1. USER

SETTINGS].
Select [3. HIGH FLOW].

Select [4. TWO-SPEED].

Select user. HIGH FLOW

Press user number to

cycle between LOCKED
Select [3. RESET JOB and UNLOCKED.
STATISTICS].

TWO-SPEED

Press user number to

cycle between LOCKED
Press [9] to reset job and UNLOCKED.
statistics.

Press left scroll button or

[0] to exit without saving. NOTE: High Flow and Two-Speed lockouts for the
owner are active even if the Password
Lockout feature is unlocked.

196 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START PANEL)

Password Description Password Lockout Feature

Master Password: This feature allows the owner to unlock the password
feature so that a password does not need to be used
A permanent, randomly selected password set at the every time the engine is started.
factory that cannot be changed. This password is
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the
password is not known or to change the owner loaders electrical system.
password.
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
Owner Password: keys (1 through 0).

Allows for full use of the loader. Must be used to Figure 283
change the owner password.

Changing The Owner Password

Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the

loaders electrical system.

Enter the five digit owner password using the number

keys (1 through 0) if locked.

Figure 282
1 2

P-90805

Press the unlock key (Item 2) [Figure 283].

The left panel display screen will show [CODE].

Enter the five digit owner password using the number

keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
1 2 then become solid.

The loader can now be started without using a password.

P-90805

NOTE: Use the following procedure to reset the

Press and hold the lock (Item 1) and unlock (Item 2) machine lock so that the loader requires a
[Figure 282] keys for 2 seconds. password to start the engine.

The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display Turn the key switch to the RUN position to turn on the
screen will show [ENTER]. loaders electrical system.

Enter a new five digit owner password using the number Press the lock key (Item 1) [Figure 283].
keys (1 through 0). An asterisk will show in the left panel
display screen for each key press. The lock key red light will flash and the left panel display
screen will show [CODE].
The left panel display screen will show [AGAIN].
Enter the five digit owner password using the number
Enter the new five digit owner password again. keys (1 through 0). The unlock key green light will flash,
then the lock key red light will become solid.
The lock key red light will become solid.
You must now enter the password every time to start the
loader.

197 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL)

Password Setup is available on machines with a Deluxe Changing The Owner Password
Instrumentation Panel.

Password Description
Press a scroll button (Item
All new machines with a Deluxe Instrumentation Panel 1) repeatedly until the
arrive at Bobcat dealerships with the keypad in locked Security screen icon
mode. Locked mode means that a password must be (Inset) is highlighted.
used to start the engine. 1 1

For security purposes, your dealer may change the Select [1. PASSWORDS /
password and set the keypad in the locked mode. Your LOCKOUTS].
dealer will provide you with the password.

Master Password:

A permanent, randomly selected password set at the

factory that cannot be changed. This password is
used for service by the Bobcat dealer if the owner Enter owner password
password is not known or to change the owner and press [ENTER].
password.

Owner Password:

Allows for full use of the loader and to set up the

Deluxe Instrumentation Panel. There is only one
owner password. The owner password must be used Select [1. USER
to change the owner or user passwords. Owner SETTINGS].
should change the password as soon as possible for
security of the loader.

User Password:

Allows starting and operating the loader; cannot

Select [1. OWNER].
change password or any of the other setup features.

For the procedures to change passwords: (See Changing

The Owner Password on Page 198.) and (See Changing
The User Passwords on Page 199.)

Select [2. CHANGE

PASSWORD].

Enter new owner

password and press
[ENTER].

You will be prompted to

reenter the new owner
password.

198 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) (CONT’D)

Changing The User Passwords Password Lockout Feature

This feature allows the owner to unlock the password

feature so that a password does not need to be used
Press a scroll button (Item every time the engine is started.
1) repeatedly until the
Security screen icon
(Inset) is highlighted.
1 1 Press a scroll button (Item
1) repeatedly until the
Select [1. PASSWORDS / Security screen icon
LOCKOUTS]. (Inset) is highlighted.
1 1

Select [1. PASSWORDS /

LOCKOUTS].

Enter owner password

and press [ENTER].

Enter owner password

and press [ENTER].

Select [1. USER

SETTINGS].

Select [2. MACHINE

LOCK].

Select user.

NOTE: The procedure above can be followed to reset

the machine lock so that the machine requires
Select [2. CHANGE a password to start the engine.
PASSWORD].

Enter new user password

and press [ENTER].

199 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

MAINTENANCE CLOCK

Description Figure 286

The Maintenance Clock alerts the operator when the next

service interval is due. EXAMPLE: The maintenance
clock can be set to a 500 hour interval as a reminder for
the next 500 hour planned maintenance.

Figure 284

2
1 1

3 NA3198

NA3086
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (if equipped) will
display a bar (Item 1) [Figure 286] showing the time
During machine operation, a 2 beep alarm will sound remaining until next service. This bar will turn red when
when there are less than 10 hours until the next planned service is past due. NEXT MAINTENANCE DUE will
maintenance. change to MAINTENANCE PAST DUE and display the
number of hours past due.
The remaining hours before maintenance is required
(Item 1) will appear in the data display for 5 seconds Keys [4] and [9] can be used to adjust the service
while the service icon (Item 3) and the hourmeter icon interval when the owner is logged in [Figure 286].
(Item 2) [Figure 284] flash.
Setup
NOTE: The display will show negative numbers after
counting down to zero. See your Bobcat dealer about installation of this feature.

The display will revert to the previous display and will Reset
appear for 5 seconds every time the machine is started
until the maintenance clock is reset. Figure 287

Figure 285 1

NA3199

Press the Information button (Item 2) [Figure 287] until

the display screen shows the maintenance clock.

NA3195 Press and hold the Information button (Item 2) for 7

seconds until [RESET] (Item 1) [Figure 287] appears in
The Deluxe Instrumentation Panel (if equipped) will the display screen.
display a message (Item 1) [Figure 285] alerting the
operator to service the machine.

This message will remain for 10 seconds and will appear

for 10 seconds every time the machine is started until the
maintenance clock is reset.

200 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

 SPECIFICATIONS

(S850) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Machine Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Fuel Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Temperature Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

201 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

202 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
(S850) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS

Machine Dimensions

• Dimensions are given for loader equipped with standard tyres and 80 in. Construction and Industrial bucket and may
vary with other bucket types.

• Where applicable, specifications conform to SAE or ISO standards and are subject to change without notice.

2262 mm
(89 in)

2005 mm
(79 in)
2032 mm
(80 in)
1652 mm
(65.1 in)

98°

4536 mm
(178.6 in)
42°

754 mm
(29.7 in)
3657 mm
(144 in)

2118 mm 2951 mm
(83.4 in) (116.2 in)

27°
31°

1342 mm
240 mm (52.9 in)
(9.4 in)
3030 mm
(119.3 in)

3751 mm
(147.7 in) NA1826

Changes of structure or weight distribution of the loader can cause changes in control and steering response and
can cause failure of the loader parts.

203 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

(S850) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Performance

Rated Operating Capacity 1792 kg (3950 lb)

with 200 Pound Frame Mounted 1860 kg (4100 lb)
Counterweight Kit
with 300 Pound Frame Mounted 1882 kg (4150 lb)
Counterweight Kit
with 400 Pound Frame Mounted 1928 kg (4250 lb)
Counterweight Kit
Tipping Load 3583 kg (7900 lb)
Operating Weight 4540 kg (10008 lb)
Breakout Force - Lift 3145 kg (6933 lb)
Breakout Force - Tilt 3164 kg (6975 lb)
Push Force 2874 kg (6336 lb)
Travel Speed
- Low Range / High Range 0 - 11,4 km/h (0 - 7.1 mph) / 0 - 19,8 km/h (0 - 12.3 mph)

Engine

Make / Model Kubota / V3800-DI-TE3 Stage III A

Fuel / Cooling Diesel / Liquid
Horsepower
- ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 65,6 kW (88.0 hp) @ 2400 rpm
- ISO 14396 Gross 67,6 kW (90.6 hp) @ 2400 rpm
- SAE J1995 Gross 68,6 kW (92.0 hp) @ 2400 rpm
Torque
- ISO 9249 EEC / SAE J1349 Net 310,3 N•m (228.8 ft-lb) @ 1600 rpm
- SAE J1995 Gross 315,0 N•m (232.3 ft-lb) @ 1600 rpm
Low Idle rpm 1250 - 1400
High Idle rpm 2525 - 2650
Number of Cylinders 4
Displacement 3,8 L (230 in3)
Bore / Stroke 100 mm / 120 mm (3.94 in / 4.72 in)
Lubrication Gear Pump Pressure System with Filter
Crankcase Ventilation Open Breathing
Air Cleaner Dry replaceable paper cartridge with separate safety element
Ignition Diesel - Compression
Air Induction Turbo-Charged
Engine Coolant Propylene Glycol / Water Mixture
Starting Aid Air Intake Heater - Automatically activated as needed in RUN position

204 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

(S850) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Drive System

Main Drive Fully hydrostatic, 4-wheel drive

Transmission Infinitely variable tandem hydrostatic piston pumps, driving two fully reversing
hydrostatic motors
Final Drive Pre-stressed #120 HSOC endless roller chain (no master link) and sprockets in
sealed chaincase with oil lubrication (Chains do not require periodic
adjustments) Two chains per side with no idler sprocket
Axle Size 79,4 mm (3.13 in), Heat treated
Wheel Bolts Eight - 16 mm Wheel bolts fixed to axle hubs

Controls

Vehicle Steering Direction and speed controlled by two hand operated steering handles or
optional joystick(s)
Loader Hydraulics
- Lift and Tilt Controlled by separate foot pedals or optional Selectable Joystick Controls (SJC)
Controlled by electrical switch on Right Hand steering handle or joystick
- Front Auxiliary Controlled by electrical switch on Left Hand steering handle or joystick
- Rear Auxiliary (Option)
Auxiliary Pressure Release Pressure relieved through quick couplers; Push couplers in, hold for 5 seconds
Engine Hand lever speed control, additional foot operated speed control pedal with SJC
option; key-type start switch or optional Keyless Start Panel or optional Deluxe
Instrumentation Panel and function error shutdown.
Starting Aid Air Intake Heater - Automatically activated as needed in RUN position
Service Brake Two independent hydrostatic systems controlled by two hand operated steering
handles or optional joystick(s)
Secondary Brake One of the hydrostatic transmissions
Parking Brake (Standard) Spring applied pressure release multi-disk brake activated by manually operated
switch on left instrument panel

205 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

(S850) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Hydraulic System

Pump Type Engine driven, gear type

Pump Capacity - Standard 87,1 L/min (23.0 U.S. gpm)
Pump Capacity - High-Flow Option 138,2 L/min (36.5 U.S. gpm)
System Relief at Quick Couplers 23,8 - 24,5 MPa (238 - 245 bar) (3450 - 3550 psi)
Filter (Hydraulic / Hydrostatic) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, drop in element
Filter (Charge) Replaceable beta 10 micron = 200, drop in element
Hydraulic Cylinders Double-acting; tilt cylinders have cushioning feature on dump and rollback
Bore Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) 88,9 mm (3.50 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 82,6 mm (3.25 in)
Rod Diameter: Lift Cylinder (2) 50,8 mm (2.00 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 38,1 mm (1.50 in)
Stroke: Lift Cylinder (2) 698,8 mm (27.51 in)
Tilt Cylinder (2) 388,4 mm (15.29 in)
Control Valve - SCPA 3-Spool, open centre, manually operated with spring detent for lift float.
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
Control Valve - SJC 3-Spool, open centre with electric actuator controlled lift with float and tilt.
Electrically controlled auxiliary spool
Fluid Lines SAE Standard tubelines, hoses and fittings
Hydraulic Function Time:
Raise Lift Arms 5.7 Seconds
Lower Lift Arms 3.9 Seconds
Bucket Dump 2.8 Seconds
Bucket Rollback 2.3 Seconds

206 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

(S850) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Electrical System

Alternator Belt driven, 90 amperes, open frame

Battery 12 volts, 950 cold cranking amperes @ -18°C (0°F),
180 Minute reserve capacity @ 25 amperes
Starter 12 volts, gear type, 3,0 kW (4.02 hp)
Instrumentation Gauges:
Engine Coolant Temperature, Fuel Level.
Warning lights:
Fuel Level, Seat Belt, Engine Coolant Temperature, Engine Malfunction,
Hydraulic System Malfunction, General Warning.
Indicators:
BICS™ Functions, Two-Speed, 3-Point Shoulder Belt, Turn Signals, Engine
Preheat.
Data Display:
Operating Hours, Engine rpm, Speed Management Setting, Maintenance Clock
Countdown, Battery Voltage, Service Codes, Engine Preheat Countdown,
Steering Drift Compensation Setting, Drive Response Setting.
Other:
Audible Alarm, Lights, Option / Accessory Switches.
Optional Deluxe Instrumentation Panel:
*Additional displays for: Engine rpm, Coolant Temperature and Oil Pressure;
System Voltage, Hydrostatic Charge Pressure and Hydraulic Oil Temperature.
*Additional Features Included: Keyless Start, Digital Clock, Job Clock, Password
Lockout, Multi-language Display, Help Screens, Diagnostic Capability and
Engine / Hydraulic Systems Shutdown Function.

Capacities

Fuel 124,2 L (32.8 U.S. gal)

Engine Oil with Filter Change 11,4 L (12.0 qt)
Engine Cooling System
with Heater 15,1 L (4.0 U.S. gal)
without Heater 14,4 L (3.8 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic Reservoir 11,4 L (3.0 U.S. gal)
Hydraulic / Hydrostatic System 36,0 L (9.5 U.S. gal)
Chaincase Reservoir 39,4 L (10.4 U.S. gal)
Air Conditioning Refrigerant (R-134a) 0,91 kg (2.0 lb)

207 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

(S850) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS (CONT’D)

Tyres

Heavy Duty (Standard) 14.00 - 17.5, 14 Ply Rating

Heavy Duty Poly Fill (Option) 14.00 - 17.5, 14 Ply Rating
Severe Duty (Option) 14.00 - 17.5, 14 Ply Rating
Severe Duty Poly Fill (Option) 14.00 - 17.5, 14 Ply Rating
Solidflex (Option) 14.00 - 17.5
Recommended Pressure Inflate tyres to MAXIMUM pressure shown on the side wall of the tyre. DO NOT
mix brands of tyres used on the same loader.

Fuel Consumption

Engine Load Full - 100% High - 70% Medium - 50% Low - 30%
Fuel Consumption Rate Per Hour 19,7 L 15,5 L 13,2 L 11,4 L
(5.2 U.S. gal) (4.1 U.S. gal) (3.5 U.S. gal) (3.0 U.S. gal)
NOTE: The engine fuel consumption chart is to be used as a guideline only. The actual results may vary.

Environmental

Noise / Vibration Levels Uncertainties (If Applicable)

Noise level LpA (EU Directive 2000/14/EC) 102 dB(A) ---
Operator position noise level (ISO 6396) 81,7 dB(A) +2,5 / -0 dB(A)
Whole body vibration (ISO 2631-1) (limit 0,5 m/s2) 1,50 m/s2 0,75 m/s2
Hand-arm vibration (ISO 5349-1) (limit 2,5 m/s2) 0,89 m/s2 ---

Temperature Range

Operation and storage -26 - +43°C (-15 - +110°F)

208 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

 WARRANTY

WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

209 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

210 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
WARRANTY

WARRANTY
BOBCAT LOADERS
DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. warrants to its authorised dealers who in turn warrant to the end-user / owner that each new Bobcat
loader will be free from proven defects in material and workmanship for twelve months from the date of delivery to the end-
user / owner or 2000 hours of machine usage, whichever occurs first.

During the warranty period, the authorised selling Bobcat dealer shall repair or replace, at DOOSAN BENELUX S.A.'s option,
without charge for parts, labour and travel time of mechanics, any part of the Bobcat product which fails because of defects
in material and workmanship. The end-user / owner shall provide the authorised Bobcat dealer with prompt written notice
of the defect and allow reasonable time for replacement or repair. DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. may, at its option, request failed
parts to be returned to the factory. Transportation of the Bobcat product to the authorised Bobcat dealer for warranty work
is the responsibility of the end-user / owner.

Service schedules must be adhered to, documented and genuine parts / lubricants must be used. The warranty does not
cover oils and lubricants, coolant fluids, filter elements, tune-up parts, bulbs, fuses, ignition system parts (glow plugs, fuel
injection pumps, injectors), alternator fan belts, drive belts and other high-wear items. Pins and bushings are considered to
be normal consumable items and are not warranted.

The warranty does not apply to tyres or other trade accessories not manufactured by Bobcat. The owner shall rely solely on
the warranty, if any, of the respective manufacturers thereof. The warranty does not cover damages resulting from abuse,
accidents, alterations, use of the Bobcat product with any bucket or attachment not approved by Bobcat, air flow
obstructions, or failure to maintain or use the Bobcat product according to the instructions applicable to it.
DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. EXCLUDES OTHER CONDITIONS, WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS OF ALL KINDS,
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE (EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE) INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS RELATING TO MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.

CORRECTIONS BY DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. OF NONCONFORMITIES WHETHER PATENT OR LATENT, IN THE MANNER
AND FOR THE TIME PERIOD PROVIDED ABOVE, SHALL CONSTITUTE FULFILMENT OF ALL LIABILITIES OF DOOSAN
BENELUX S.A. FOR SUCH NONCONFORMITIES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE,
INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE WITH RESPECT TO OR ARISING OUT OF SUCH PRODUCT.

THE REMEDIES OF THE END-USER / OWNER SET FORTH UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE WARRANTY OUTLINED
ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY,
ASSOCIATED OR AFFILIATED COMPANY OR DISTRIBUTOR WITH RESPECT TO THIS SALE OR THE PRODUCT AND
SERVICE FURNISHED HEREUNDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OR BREACH THEREOF, OR FROM
DELIVERY, INSTALLATION, REPAIR OR TECHNICAL DIRECTION COVERED BY OR FURNISHED UNDER THIS SALE,
WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE
SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.
DOOSAN BENELUX S.A. INCLUDING ANY HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY, ASSOCIATED OR AFFILIATED COMPANY AND
DISTRIBUTOR SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE TO THE END-USER / OWNER, ANY SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST OR ANY
BENEFICIARY OR ASSIGNEE RELATING TO THIS SALE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS SALE OR BY ANY BREACH THEREOF, OR ANY DEFECT IN, OR FAILURE OF,
OR MALFUNCTION OF THE PRODUCT UNDER THIS SALE, WHETHER BASED UPON LOSS OF USE, LOST PROFITS OR
REVENUE, INTEREST, LOST GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS, LOSS BY REASON OF
SHUTDOWN OR NON-OPERATION, INCREASED EXPENSES OF OPERATION OR CLAIMS OF USER OR CUSTOMERS OF
THE USER FOR SERVICE INTERRUPTION WHETHER OR NOT SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE IS BASED ON CONTRACT,
WARRANTY, TORT, NEGLIGENCE, INDEMNITY, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE.

4700002-EN (1-10) Printed in Belgium

211 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

212 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual
 ALPHABETICAL INDEX

(S850) LOADER SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . 203 LOADER IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

AIR CLEANER SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 LOADER STORAGE AND RETURN TO
AIR CONDITIONING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
ALTERNATOR BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
ATTACHMENT CONTROL DEVICE (ACD) . 89 LUBRICATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . 177
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 MACHINE SIGNS (DECALS) . . . . . . . . . . . 24
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . 140 MAINTENANCE CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
BACK-UP ALARM SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 MAINTENANCE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
BOBCAT COMPANY IS IS0 9001 CERTIFIED MONITORING THE DISPLAY PANELS . . . 102
................................... 9 OPERATING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . 112
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
(BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 OPERATOR CAB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
BOBCAT INTERLOCK CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS . . . . . . . . 1
(BICS™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
BOB-TACH (HAND LEVER) . . . . . . . . . . . 181
PASSWORD SETUP (DELUXE
BOB-TACH (POWER) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 INSTRUMENTATION PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . 198
CONTROL IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . 57 PASSWORD SETUP (KEYLESS START
CONTROL PANEL SETUP . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 PANEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
COUNTERWEIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 PIVOT PINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
DAILY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 PRE-STARTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . 92
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY . . . . . . . 7 PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
DELIVERY REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
DIAGNOSTIC SERVICE CODES . . . . . . . 187 REAR DOOR (TAILGATE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 REAR GRILLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
DRIVE RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . 9
DRIVING AND STEERING THE LOADER . 69 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . 136
EMERGENCY EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 SEAT BAR RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . . . . . . 62
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . 155 SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . 153 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . 11
ENGINE SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 SERVICE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
FEATURES, ACCESSORIES AND SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . 170
ATTACHMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 SPEED MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FINAL DRIVE TRANSMISSION STARTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
(CHAINCASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 STEERING DRIFT COMPENSATION . . . . . 77
FIRE PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 STOPPING THE ENGINE AND LEAVING THE
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR STOPPING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
CONDITIONING (HVAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 TOWING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
HYDRAULIC / HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM . 164 TRACTION LOCK OVERRIDE . . . . . . . . . . 65
HYDRAULIC CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 TRANSPORTING THE LOADER ON A
INSTRUMENT PANEL IDENTIFICATION . . 43 TRAILER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
LIFT AND TILT COMPENSATION . . . . . . . . 79 TWO-SPEED CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
LIFT ARM BYPASS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . 64 TYRE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
LIFT ARM SUPPORT DEVICE . . . . . . . . . 138 WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
LIFTING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

213 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual

214 S850 Operation & Maintenance Manual